Embraer Training Manual

Embraer
Training
Manual
Volume 7
EMB-145 TRAINING MANUAL
Revision Highlights
Volume 7
Revision Highlights
This revision:
1. Cleans up bulletins E145T08-01, E145T-08-02, and FTM145-08-03

2. Adds new LOFTS to Chapter 7
3. Adds a training event to Chapter 4 for FlightSafety instructors and adds a new form to Chapter 6.
4. Changes classroom hours in Chapter 4 for Fundamentals of Instruction lesson
5. Changes hours in Chapter 4 for simulator operator training to those hours actually taught.
6. Clarifies in Chapter 4 that a one month grace period is allowed for contract instructor
observation flights.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 HGH-1

Revision Highlights
Volume 7
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 HGH-2

Operations Bulletin Summary Record

Volume 7

Bulletins are issued on an as needed basis to convey timely information. Bulletin informa-
tion may supersede current information found in this manual or introduce new procedures
due to changes in the regulatory or operating environment. Bulletins will have either a ver-
bal or written FAA acceptance or approval prior to distribution. Bulletins are to be inserted
in the area so designated on the first page of the Bulletin. Their insertion or removal is to
be recorded below. Bulletins will be removed once the material covered is incorporated into
a Company manual revision (usually the next revision), or is nor longer valid. Bulletins will
be numbered consecutively unless otherwise noted. It will be the responsibility of the man-
ual holder to insert the bulletins by the date specified on the bulletin and to alert the Station
Manager of the new information. It will be the Station Manager's responsibility to implement
the change (s) specified in the Bulletin by disseminating the information to the employees
through Station Managers and Supervisors. Current bulletin status is available in Sabre
(US/AA), Deltamatic (DL), or SHARES (HP). See Page ROR-1 for more information on revi-
sions.

Chapter/
Date Date
Bulletin No. Subject Page
Issued Removed
Location
E145T08-01 05/05/08 2008 Recurrent Training Program 08/01/08 2-30
E145T-08-02 06/09/08 New Lofts 08/01/08 7-6

FTM145-08-03 07/17/08 Hazardous Materials 08/01/08 2-6
FTM145-08-04 09/15/08 Recurrent Flight Training 3-34, 6-39
FTM145-08-05 10/28/08 Requalification Training Clarification 2-24, 3-3
FTM145-08-06 11/03/08 Special Curriculum Segment 1-5, 2-34
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 OBS-1


Volume 7

Chapter/
Date Date
Bulletin No. Subject Page
Issued Removed
Location
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 OBS-2

Record of Revisions Page

Volume 7
Record the date of insertion and your initials on this page.
Note: This manual is FAA approved and bears that signed and dated stamp in the header section
on the List of Effective Pages. The original signed pages are kept in the Master Manual on file at
Headquarters.
REVISION NUMBER DATE ENTERED YOUR INITIALS
ORIGINAL-12 OCT 2001 10-26-01 TR

1 3--20-02 TR
2 5-8-02 TR
3 5-31-02 TR
4 6-7-02 TR
5 8-8-02 TR
6 10-10-02 TR
7 4-22-03 TR
8 6-30-03 MD
9 12-15-03 MD
10 2-15-04 TR
11 4-15-04 TR
12 11-1-05 MD
13 1-1-06 CC
14 4-15-06 KL
15 5-01-06 KL
16 4-01-08 BAC
17 8-01-08 BAC
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 ROR-1


Volume 7
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 ROR-2

Table of Contents
Volume 7
Table of Contents
Revision Highlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HGH-1
Operations Bulletin Summary Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBS-1
Record of Revisions Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROR-1
Listing of Effective Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEP-1
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOC-1
Chapter 1 General Information

Section 1 Introduction and Manual Approval Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Section 2 Procedures For Keeping Manuals Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Section 3 Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Section 4 Scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Section 5 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Section 6 Training Facilities/Locations/Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
A. Ground Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
B. Level D Simulator Training and Checking . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
C. Contractor/Training Provider Addresses:. . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
D. Company and Contract Instructors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
E. Simulator Approval Letters/Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
F. Authority to Train/Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
G. Adequacy of Facilities and Instructors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Section 7 Training/Reference Materials/Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Section 8 Computer-Based Record Keeping Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Section 9 CrewQual and CrewTrac Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Section 10 CrewQual Audit Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Section 11 Data Entry Instructions and Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Section 12 Training Candidates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Section 13 Training Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Section 14 Audits/Trend Analysis/Staff Communications . . . . . . . . . 1-16
A. Contractor Training Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
B. Written tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
C. Written Critiques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
D. Trend Awareness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
E. Staff Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
F. Check Airmen Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Section 15 Programmed Hours Per Training Category . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Section 16 Training Sequence and Release From Training . . . . . . . 1-19
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-1
Table of Contents
Volume 7
Section 17 Testing/Qualifying Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Section 18 Qualification Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
A. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
B. Testing Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
C. Checking Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
D. LOFT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
E. Experience Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
F. Continuing Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
G. Upgrade Captain Observation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
H. Check Airman Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
I. Checking Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
J. Checking Integrity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Section 19 Training Flow Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Section 20 Contractor/Training Provider Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Section 21 Contractor’s FAA-Approved Drug and Alcohol Program . 1-26
Section 22 Simulator Training/Qualification Serviceability Status . . . 1-26
Section 23 Establishing Training Base Month . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Section 24 Redundant Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Section 25 Training Exemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Section 26 Adding Aircraft Types/Systems/Fleet
Modifications/Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
A. New Aircraft Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
B. Systems, Fleet Modifications, and Upgrades. . . . . . . . 1-28
Chapter 2 Ground Training

Section 1 Basic Indoctrination - 40 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Section 2 Basic Indoctrination Outline “Operator Specific” . . . . . . . . . 2-1
A. Duties and Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
B. Appropriate Provisions of the FARs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
C. Contents of Certificate and Operations Specifications. . 2-2
Section 3 Basic Indoctrination Outline “Pilot Specific” . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
A. Flight Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
B. Weight and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
C. Airplane Performance and Airport Analysis . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
D. Meteorology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
E. Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
F. Airspace and ATC Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
G. Enroute and Terminal Area Charts & Flight Planning . . 2-4
H. Concepts of Instrument Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
I. Airplane Ground De-Icing and Anti-Icing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
J. Aviation Safety Action Program (ASAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-2

Table of Contents
Volume 7
Section 4 Hazardous Materials - “Will Carry” Dry Ice Only . . . . . . . . . 2-6
A. General Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
B. Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
C. Labeling and Markings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
D. Recognition of Undeclared Hazardous Materials. . . . . . 2-6
E. Provisions for Passengers and Crew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
F. Reducing Exposure to Unknown Substances . . . . . . . . 2-6
G. Emergency Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Section 5 “Emergency Situation” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
A. Flight Crewmember Duties and Responsibilities . . . . . . 2-7
B. Crew Coordination and Company Communication . . . . 2-7
C. Airplane Fires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
D. Portable Breathing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
E. First Aid Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
F. Enhanced Emergency Medical Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
G. Illness, Injury and Basic First Aid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
H. Ground Evacuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
I. Ditching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
J. Ditching Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
K. Rapid Decompression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
L. Previous Airplane Accidents/Incidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
M. Crewmember Incapacitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
N. Basic Survival . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
O. Hijacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
P. Airplane Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Section 6 Initial/Initial Equipment/Transition - 120 Hours . . . . . . . . . 2-11
A. General Operational Subjects - 16 Hours . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
B. Aircraft (Ground) Systems Modules - 80 Hours . . . . . . 2-15
C. System Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Section 7 Emergency Drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
A. Hand-Held Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
B. Portable and Fixed Emergency Oxygen Systems . . . . 2-21
C. Portable Breathing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
D. Exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
E. Ditching Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
F. Crash Axe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
G. Enhanced Emergency Medical Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
H. First Aid Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
I. Automated Electronic Defibrillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Section 8 Crew Resource Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Section 9 Requalification Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Section 10 Captain’s Command Training - 4 Hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-3

Table of Contents
Volume 7
Section 11 Upgrade Ground Instruction - 48 Hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
A. General Subjects - 12.0 Hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
B. Systems Subjects - 18.0 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
C. Systems Integration and Cockpit
Procedures - 6.0 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
D. Preflight Inspection, Drills, and Exits - 2.0 Hours. . . . . 2-29
E. Emergency Equipment - 1.0 Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
F. Crew Resource Management - 2.0 Hours . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
G. Captain’s Command Training - 4.0 Hours . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
H. Security - 2.0 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
I. Hazardous Materials - 1.0 Hour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Section 12 Recurrent - 27 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Section 13 Crew Resource Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
A. Curriculum Segments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Section 14 Differences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Section 15 Aircraft/Simulator Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Chapter 3 Flight Training

Section 1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
A. Training Sessions Per Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
B. Training Session Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
C. Training and Checking Weather Conditions . . . . . . . . . 3-2
D. Visual Maneuvers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Section 2 Specific Initial/Initial Equipment Training Simulator Sessions/
Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
A. Simulator Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
B. Additional Simulator Training Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
C. Right Seat Maneuvers as Pilot Flying . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Section 3 Required Training and Qualifying Information . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
A. Qualification Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
B. Qualification Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
C. Table 1 - Single-Segment Flight Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Section 4 Upgrade Flight Training Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
A. Session 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
B. Session 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
C. Session 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
D. Session 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-4

Table of Contents
Volume 7
Chapter 4 Instructors and Check Airmen Training
Section 1 Chapter Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
A. Ground Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
B. Simulator Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
C. Simulator Proficiency Check Airman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
D. OE/Line Check Airman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Section 2 Objectives/Goals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
A. Ground Training Goals: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
B. Simulator Instructor and Proficiency Check
Airman Training Goals: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
C. OE/Line Check Airman Goals: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Section 3 Completion Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
C. Proficiency Check Airman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
D. OE/Line Check Airman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Section 4 Prerequisites/Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
C. Simulator Proficiency Check Airman (121.441) . . . . . . . 4-5
D. OE/Line Check Airman, 121.440 and 121.434 . . . . . . . 4-7
Section 5 Ground Training Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
A. Fundamentals of Instruction Classroom Training. . . . . . 4-8
B. Simulator Instructor Classroom Training . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
C. OE/Line Check Airman Classroom Training . . . . . . . . . 4-9
D. Proficiency Check Airman Classroom Training . . . . . . 4-10
E. Proficiency Check Airman Training for FlightSafety
Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Section 6 Simulator Operator Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
A. Simulator Familiarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
B. Simulator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Section 7 Instructor/Proficiency Check Airman Observation . . . . . . . 4-11
A. Oral phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
B. Proficiency check phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Section 8 Proficiency Check Airman Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
A. Oral phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
B. Proficiency check phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Section 9 OE/Line Check Airman Simulator Training . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
A. Takeoffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
B. Approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
C. Landings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-5

Table of Contents
Volume 7
Section 10 OE/Line Check Airman Observation and Qualification
Flights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
A. Observation Flights - Complete Form PTF145-20 . . . . 4-13
B. Qualification Flights - Complete Form PTF145-25. . . . 4-14
Section 11 Audit/Paper Trail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
A. Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
B. Forms to be completed per candidate:. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Section 12 Contract Instructor Qualifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Chapter 5 Flight Training and Checking Acceptable Performance

Guidelines
Chapter 6 Forms
Section 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
A. Training Attendance - PTF145-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
B. Basic Indoctrination - PTF145-02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
C. Hazardous Materials - PTF145-03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
D. Crew Resource Management - PTF145-04 . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
E. Emergency Situation - PTF145-05. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
F. Systems Ground Training - PTF145-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
G. Systems Integration Training - PTF145-06A . . . . . . . . . 6-8
H. Hands-On Exits/Drills - PTF145-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
I. Classroom Training - PTF145-07A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
J. Refresher Training - PTF145-08. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
K. Additional Training - PTF145-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
L. Airman Proficiency Check 121.441 - PTF145-10 . . . . . 6-13
M. Operating Experience 121.434 - PTF145-11. . . . . . . . 6-14
N. Operating Experience Guide - PTF145-11A . . . . . . . . 6-15
O. .Line Check Flight Record 121.440 - PTF145-12 . . 6-16
P. Pilot Flight Training Record - PTF145-13 . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Q. Simulator Operator Training - PTF145-14 . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
R. Check Airman/Instructor Ground
Training - PTF145-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
S. FlightSafety Check Airman
Qualification - PTF145-15A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
T. Static A/C Preflt Insp Training - PTF145-16 . . . . . . . . . 6-23
U. Line Oriented Flight Training - PTF145-17 . . . . . . . . . 6-24
V. Seat Dependant Training - PTF145-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
W. Recurrent Ground Training - PTF145-19 . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
X. Instructor/Check Airman Line
Observation - PTF145-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Y. Trend Awareness/Training Observation - PTF145-21 . 6-28
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-6

Table of Contents
Volume 7
Z. Instr/Prof Check Airman Simulator
Observation-PTF145-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
AA. Simulator Proficiency Check Airman Practice
PTF145-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
AB. OE/Line Check Airman Simulator
Training PTF145-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
AC. OE/Line Check Airman Qualification Flights
PTF145-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
AD. OE/Line Check Airman Right Seat Training
PTF145-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
AE. Recurrent Airstair Cabin Door Training PTF145-27. . 6-34
AF. Recurrent Plug Cabin Door Training PTF145-28. . . . 6-35
AG. Courseware Change - PTF145-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
AH. Upgrade Ground Training - PTF145-30. . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
AI. Air Transportation Instructor Course
Completion - PTF145-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
AJ. Air Transportation Instructor
Qualifications - PTF145-31A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Section 2 Training Forms Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
A. Initial Indoctrination/Hazmat/CRM/Emergency
Situation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
B. Systems Ground Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
C. Hands-on Drill Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
D. Drill/Exits Classroom Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
E. Refresher Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
F. Additional or Retraining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
G. Flight Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
H. Preflight Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
I. Line Oriented Flight Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
J. Seat Dependant Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
K. Recurrent Ground Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
L. Upgrade Ground Training. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
M. Check Airman/Flight Instructor Training . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
N. Operating Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
O. Proficiency Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
P. Line Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Q. Trends in Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
R. Main Cabin Door Stand-Alone Training . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
S. Courseware Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
T. Air Transportation Instructor Completion . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
U. Air Transportation Instructor Qualifications . . . . . . . . . 6-43
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-7

Table of Contents
Volume 7
Chapter 7 Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT)
Section 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Section 2 Debrief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Section 3 LOFT Outlined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
A. Qualification LOFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
B. Recurrent LOFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
C. LOFT Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
D. Materials Required for LOFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
E. Qualification LOFT Crew Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
F. Qualification LOFT Crew Substitutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
G. Recurrent LOFT Crew Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
H. Recurrent LOFT Crew Substitutes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
I. Upgrade LOFT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Section 4 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Section 5 Briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
A. CRM Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
B. Release and Flight Planning Considerations . . . . . . . . . 7-5
C. Operational Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
D. Miscellaneous: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Section 6 Overview: LOFT A Scenarios - Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
A. Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
B. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
C. Desired Crew Parameters of Performance: . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
D. Materials Required: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
E. Notes to the Instructor:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
F. Aircraft Logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
G. Flight Log Deferred Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
H. Flight Blocks Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
I. Chautauqua Airlines Load Manifest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
J. Passenger Count Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
K. Load Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
L. DCA Security Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
M. Flight Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
N. AeroData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
O. Weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
P. Flight Script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Q. List of Required Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-8

Table of Contents
Volume 7
Section 7 Overview: LOFT A Scenarios - Abnormal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
A. Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
B. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
C. Desired Crew Parameters of Performance: . . . . . . . . . 7-40
D. Materials Required: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
E. Notes to the Instructor:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
F. Possible Scenarios “Instructor Use Only” . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
G. Aircraft Logbook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
H. Flight Log Deferred Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
I. Flight Blocks Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
J. Chautauqua Airlines Load Manifest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
K. Passenger Count Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
L. Load Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
M. Flight Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
N. AeroData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
O. Weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
P. Flight Script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Q. List of Required Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INX-1
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-9

Table of Contents
Volume 7
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-10

EMB-145 Training Manual
Section 1 Introduction and Manual Approval Process
Volume 7
Chapter 1
General Information
Section 1 Introduction and Manual Approval Process

The purpose of this manual is to provide a standardized course of training for Chau-
tauqua Airlines Flight Crewmembers in the ERJ-145.
A detailed table of contents precedes this page and is designed to be a quick reference
source to direct you to specific topics or areas. Additionally, an index provides a ready
reference using key words or phrases. This index is found at the rear of the manual.
A list of definitions in section five of this chapter help expound and explain certain terms
and action words per the intent of 8400.10 and FAR 121.
A copy of this manual is furnished to all training personnel within Chautauqua Airlines
and all our contract training partners. Additionally, a copy is on file at the Flight Stan-
dards District Office at Indianapolis, Indiana.
Manual Approval Process
The manual approval process follows these steps:
1. Submission to the FAA for initial approval.
2. FAA stamps the List of Effective Pages (LOEP) noting initial approval.
3. Final approval will occur on or before the two year period with a stamp so indicating
on the LOEP.
4. Any subsequent revisions are sent to the FAA for their approval and are stamped
as before on the LOEP.
5. Submission of any additional relevant supporting information, such as lesson plans
or additional courseware, as requested by the POI or his representative.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-1

Section 2 Procedures For Keeping Manuals Current
Volume 7
Section 2 Procedures For Keeping Manuals Current

Each holder of this manual is required to keep it current. Proposed changes may be
generated from FAR updates, contract training providers suggestions, and Company
policy and procedure changes. All proposals must be forwarded to the Training Depart-
ment for consideration. Proposed changes, in the form of a revision or bulletin, will be
sent to the POI that oversees Chautauqua Airlines training programs for approval and
subsequent inclusion in the manual.
For manual holder responsibilities, detailed instructions for maintaining manual cur-
rency, and Technical Publications Department audit and compliance requirements,
see Chapter 3 of the General Policies Manual.
Section 3 Objectives
Our goal at Chautauqua Airlines is to conduct an ongoing training program that will pro-
vide each pilot with the professional instructional environment, training/checking per-
sonnel, and courseware that will enable him/her to operate safely and with a high
degree of professionalism.
This manual addresses those various knowledge and skill tasks that must be learned
in order to properly perform in the flying environment.
Section 4 Scope
This training program is established and maintained in compliance with the applicable
parts of FAR 121, Subparts N and O.
This program is the responsibility of the Director of Training. He may delegate the
implementation of this program to the Training Manager, Program Manager, Ground
and Flight Instructors, Check Airmen, and contract training partners as required.
The Company is responsible for ensuring the training program is complete, current,
and in compliance with applicable regulations.
Additionally, as the program is revised, it will be the responsibility of the Manager of
Training to ensure all lesson plans and other related courseware is revised to coincide
with the revision effective date.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-2

Section 5 Definitions
Volume 7
1. ACTUAL FIRE: An ignited combustible material, in controlled conditions, of
sufficient magnitude and duration to accomplish the training objectives outlined in
paragraphs (C)(1)(i) and (C)(1)(ii) of FAR 121.417. Reference is to one-time use of
PBE and fire extinguisher.
2. APPENDIX F: Proficiency Check Requirements- The maneuvers and procedures

guide to checking events required by FAR 121.441.
3. APPROVED FIRE EXTINGUISHER: A training device that has been approved by
the Administrator for use in meeting the training requirements of FAR 121.417(C).
4. APPROVED PBE SIMULATION DEVICE: A training device that is approved by the

Administrator for use in meeting the training requirement of FAR 121.417(C).
5. CHAUTAUQUA: Reference to Chautauqua Airlines, Inc.
6. COMBATS: Means to properly fight an actual or simulated fire using an appropriate

type of fire extinguisher until that fire is extinguished.
7. COMPANY: The term “Company” refers to Chautauqua Airlines, Inc.
8. CONTRACT TRAINING PROVIDER: An FAA certified Part 142 school that is

authorized to provide training and/or checking in accordance with the Company’s
training program. The words contractor and training provider are the same.
9. CPT/CPM: A device that as a minimum would consist of a cockpit mock-up that

would have switches, gauges, knobs, instrument displays etc., in their normal
layouts. The mock-up would have the associated panels, such as, Main Instrument,
Center Pedestal, Overhead, Side and any others, in their proper fixed locations.
Photographic or computer graphic replications of all completed panels would be the
minimum allowed standard. The device would allow the crewmembers to place their
chairs into positions that replicate the crewmember seats. The entire layout would
replicate, as near as possible, the ergonomics of the actual cockpit.
10. CURRICULUM: A complete training agenda specific to an airplane type, a

crewmember duty position, and a category of training.
11. CURRICULUM SEGMENT: The largest subdivision of a curriculum containing

broadly related training subjects and activities based on regulatory requirements.
Segments are logical subdivisions of a curriculum which can be separately
evaluated and individually approved. Examples of a segment would be “Hazardous
Materials” and “Emergency Drill”.
12. ELEMENT: An integral part of a training, checking, or qualification module that is

not task-oriented but subject-oriented.
13. EVENT: An integral part of a training, checking, or qualification module which is

task-oriented and requires the use of a specific procedure or procedures. A training
event provides a student an opportunity for instruction, demonstration, and/or
practice using specific procedures.
14. FLIGHT CREWMEMBERS: Refers to all pilots and co-pilots.

REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-3
Volume 7
15. FLIGHT TRAINING: The necessary instruction that is given in the approved
simulator. Airplane flight training given is not conducted.
16. Graphic Flight Simulator (GFS): A computer based electronic simulator
constructed device. This device is used in all programs as a training aid. It’s specific
use will be spelled-out in the particular training curriculum section.
17. MODULE: A subpart of a curriculum segment which constitutes a logical, self-
contained unit. A module contains elements or events that relate to a specific
subject. A module includes the outline, appropriate courseware and the
instructional delivery methods. It is usually, but not necessarily, completed in a
single training session.
18. OBSERVE: Means to watch without participating actively in the drill.
19. OPERATOR: Refers to Chautauqua Airlines, A Republic Holding Company.
20. PBE DRILL: An emergency drill in which a crewmember demonstrates the proper
use of protective breathing equipment while fighting an actual or simulated fire.
21. PERFORM: To satisfactorily accomplish a prescribed training event using

established procedures that stress the skill of the persons involved.
22. PILOTS: A generic reference to any Flight Crewmember. The word Captain or First
Officer shall be used to differentiate when the general terminology does not suffice.
23. PTS: Practical Test Standard- The FAA guide by which all candidates are evaluated
when performing their events leading to award of a type rating and the airline
transport pilot certificate. Statements referencing the PTS will also imply the use of
FAR 121, Appendix F.
24. SIMULATED FIRE: An artificial duplication of smoke or flame used to create

various aircraft fire fighting scenarios, such as lavatory, galley oven, and aircraft
seat fires.
25. SIMULATOR TRAINING: Simulator only flight training.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-4

Bulletin: FTM145-08-06 Date: 03 NOV 2008
Subject: Special Curriculum Segment
Bulletin: FTM145-08-06
Effective Date: 03 NOV 2008
To: All EMB 145 Training Manual Holders
From: Larry Billups, Manager of Training
Recording- This bulletin remains in effect until instructed to remove it in a future revision or bulletin. Be SURE
to record the insertion or removal of all bulletins on the Record of Bulletins page. The following
bulletins are superseded by this bulletin: None.
Highlights- The Company desires to remove simulator #663 from the list of approved simulators and also
desires to add a special curriculum segment to enhance crew Threat and Error Management.
Placement- This bulletin is issued in two parts. This is Part One. Insert this part in Chapter 1, before Page 1-5.
Instructions- This part changes Chapter 1, Section 6, Item B as follows:
OVER>>>
FTM145 Page 1 of 4
B. Level D Simulator Training and Checking

Simulator training and checking may be conducted at the Houston, Texas; Orlando, Florida;
and St. Louis, Missouri FlightSafety Centers using contract and Company personnel.
Training categories approved are:

Initial New-Hire
Initial Equipment
Recurrent
Requalification
Upgrade
Checking may also be accomplished at the above Centers using FAA inspectors.
Part 142 certificates and simulator numbers are as follows:

Houston - UJFX071K
Simulators #571, #635, #751, and #786
St. Louis - UJFX071K
Simulators #660, #779, and #819
Orlando - Simulator #565
All simulators are approved for training in low-level windshear avoidance/escape maneuvers.
All simulator approval letters outlining their specifications are on file at the office of our Princi-
pal Operations Inspector and our Training Department.
Our Company will allow substitution of the circle training with exposure to the following
approaches or any approach that would allow a VFR circle maneuver during training.
DCA
• River Visual Runway 19
JFK
• Parkway Visual Runway 13L/R
LGA
• Expressway Visual Runway 31.
Page 2 of 4 FTM145
Section 6 Training Facilities/Locations/Personnel
Volume 7

A. Ground Training
May be conducted at the Houston Texas and St. Louis Missouri Centers and at all
Company maintained facilities.
The St. Louis Center may also teach Basic Indoctrination.
B. Level D Simulator Training and Checking
Simulator training and checking may be conducted at the Houston, Texas; Orlando,
Florida; and St. Louis, Missouri FlightSafety Centers using contract and Company
personnel.
Training categories approved are:

Initial New-Hire
Initial Equipment
Recurrent
Requalification
Upgrade
Checking may also be accomplished at the above Centers using FAA inspectors.
Part 142 certificates and simulator numbers are as follows:

Houston - UJFX071K
Simulators #571, #635, #751, and #786
St. Louis - UJFX071K
Simulators #660, #663, #779, and #819
Orlando - Simulator #565
All simulators are approved for training in low-level windshear avoidance/escape

maneuvers.
All simulator approval letters outlining their specifications are on file at the office of our
Principal Operations Inspector and our Training Department.
Our Company will allow substitution of the circle training with exposure to the following
approaches or any approach that would allow a VFR circle maneuver during training.
DCA
JFK
• Parkway Visual Runway 13L/R
LGA
• Expressway Visual Runway 31.
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 1-5

Volume 7
C. Contractor/Training Provider Addresses:

FlightSafety Training Center
4619 Le Bourget Drive
St. Louis, Missouri 63134
Houston Learning Center

Flight Safety Texas
7525 Fauna at Airport Blvd.
Houston, Texas 77061
Flight Safety International

4105 Bear Road
Orlando, FL 32827
Flight Safety International

155 N. Dupont Highway
New Castle, DE 19720
The FAA and Chautauqua Airline’s Check Airmen are authorized to conduct 121.441
checks upon completion of training.
D. Company and Contract Instructors
The Director and Manager of Training and all Company instructors and check airmen
meet all applicable regulations and remain current/qualified to conduct and/or oversee
training/checking events. You may consult the General Policies Manual Chapter 2 for
a list of their duties.
A list of all authorized contract instructors outlining each area of their qualifications is
on file in the office of the Manager of Training, Chautauqua Airlines.
E. Simulator Approval Letters/Maintenance
Chautauqua Airlines maintains a copy of each FAA letter of simulator approval for each
simulator utilized. Copies of those letters are in the office of the Manager of Training.
The simulator must be and continued to be evaluated against a set of criteria estab-
lished by the Administrator for the particular qualification level of simulation for our
Company’s training/checking requirements.
The simulator must be maintained under the continuing qualification program
approved by the Administrator.
The POI responsible for the Chautauqua Airlines training program will forward a letter
granting approval for the use of each simulator as identified in B above.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-6

Volume 7
F. Authority to Train/Check
Only Chautauqua and authorized Part 142 training providers/FAA Inspectors as out-
lined in this manual are allowed to train our Company pilots. Only Chautauqua check
airmen or authorized FAA inspectors may check Company pilots.
After each training or checking event, the instructor/check airman must complete all
appropriate forms relative to that event. That completion certifies to the competency,
knowledge, and authority to operate in the capacity as trained/checked. All forms must
be forwarded to the Training Department.
G. Adequacy of Facilities and Instructors

Chautauqua will maintain:
1. Adequate ground and flight training facilities relative to both Company-owned and
contractor supplied properties. These facilities will be audited to ensure they foster
a professional learning environment.
2. Proper staffing of qualified ground/simulator instructors to support the Company

training program.
3. Proper staffing of simulator proficiency check airmen and OE/Line Check Airmen.
Chautauqua will ensure through phone calls, personal visits to the contract training
centers, and projected class size and frequencies, that the contract partner has suffi-
cient instructors.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-7

Section 7 Training/Reference Materials/Equipment
Volume 7
Section 7 Training/Reference Materials/Equipment

The following equipment and training/reference items are available/accessible at the
contract training centers and/or at our training location in Indianapolis:
1. Static Airplane
2. Aeronautical Information Manual
3. Lesson Plans and Support Materials as required
4. Federal Aviation Regulations, Part 1, 61, 91, 119, and 121
5. Written Tests
6. Part 121, Appendix I - Drug Program Requirements
7. End-of-course Critiques
8. POH, AOM, AFM, GOM, MEL/CDL
9. SeeGee Wheel
10. Computer-based Hardware and Related Training Software (CD Preflight, FMS,
Other)
11. Checklists, Charts, Graphs, Releases, and APG Data
12. Emergency Equipment Board with Related Items
13. “Inflation Station” - An integral device co-located on the Emergency Equipment
Board - used to conduct Recurrent hands-on training using the 2.5 pound fire
extinguisher and life vest.
14. Puritan Bennett Training PBE
15. Cockpit Procedures Trainer
16. Preflight Training Pictorial
17. Level D Simulator
18. Graphic Flight Simulator
19. Approved Training Manual
Note:All Company training aids and/or devices will be reviewed to ensure
their current ability to support the training program. Upgrades/
additions/deletions will be completed as necessary. All lesson
plans, tests, handouts, videos, etc. must be approved by the
Director of Training, Manager of Training, or designee.
Training materials, such as courseware, lesson plans, examinations, and forms must
be developed and kept current for training and testing. Changes to existing procedures
may require changes to the training material even if no change to the approved curric-
ulum is required.
In order to maintain current training materials, the instructors will submit the Manager
of Flight Training, updates/changes that must be incorporated into the training pro-
grams. The Manager of Flight Training will ensure that the training materials and pro-
gram remain current.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-8
Section 8 Computer-Based Record Keeping Program
Volume 7
If the Company revises any applicable source documents such as the GOM, POH, or
any other approved document, relevant training materials must be revised with the
changes. The training material must be revised and implemented by the effective date
of the revision. The Manager of Flight Training will ensure those changes are reflected
in the training material as required or delegate an instructor to do so.
Lesson plans must include information about how to conduct the individual training
modules and how to administer written tests.
Contractor lesson plans and related courseware will be accepted as provided. These
items will be reviewed and approved by Chautauqua and updated to remain current/
relevant. Only lesson plans and related materials that have been approved by the
Chautauqua Training Department will be used in the training program.
Use form PTF145-29 to record any proposed courseware changes. Give the form to
the Manager of Training for the appropriate corrective action. The form will remain on
file for six months.
The Company is approved, by the Administrator through Paragraph A025 of the Oper-
ations Specifications to utilize a computer-based record keeping system for the track-
ing of Company pilot training records and qualifications.
The Company will not operate/enter/store information contrary to this Operation Spec-
ification’s authorization.
The computer records system is called CrewQual and is licensed/maintained by the
Sabre company. The program hardware/software and all record keeping products are
contained and available for data entry and inspection at the corporate office and Train-
ing Center in Indianapolis, Indiana.
1. The data backup procedures are as follows:

The information Technology Department will ensure the system data is backed-up
daily and stored at an off site location.
At least once each month, the Manager of Training, or his designee, will print the
following reports:
Overdue Dequal Report
This report will show any pilots who will or have disqualified in the selected month.
It also provides the reason and date of the disqualification.
Future Qualification Report
This report provides a list of pilots currently in training and the curriculum segments
that remain uncompleted.
The Manager of Training, or his designee, will keep on file, for a period of seven
days, all paperwork that reflects completed training/checking/qualifying events.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-9

Volume 7
2. Access and security procedures will be accomplished as follows:

The Manager of Training will have the sole responsibility for issuing user access
codes.
Authorized users will be limited to the Director of Training, Manager of Training, and
designated Training Department staff.
All other personnel, i.e. Director of Operations, Chief Pilot, Program Manager, Crew
Schedulers and Crew Planners, with information access authorization, will have
view and report generation capability only.
3. Basic procedures for data entry are as follows:
Training Department personnel will be responsible for data entry. The training
completion and/or qualification/checking forms will contain the name of the
instructor or check airman that administered the training/checking event. The
person making the computer entry will ensure that the name of the person
completing the training/checking event is entered into the CrewQual record. Each
form entered will show the date and person's initials that made the entry. That form
will receive an audit by another member of the Training Department to ensure accu-
racy. The form will reflect the date and initials of the auditor. If an incorrect entry is
detected, the auditor and the person making the entry will agree upon the change
and then the correct entry will be made.
The hard copy will be placed in the temporary file for seven days.
4. Hard copy documents will be handled as follows:

Instructors/Check Airman will forward to the Training Department the appropriate
form or record listing the curriculum event completed. The form will contain the
name, test score if applicable, hours completed (only if the instruction is not per the
normal curriculum hours as listed in this manual), with the printed and signed name
of the instructor/check airman. Students completing the same course on the same
day may appear on a single form.
Simulator and/or Flight Training Instructors will forward the completed individual
record of all simulator, airplane, and LOFT events to the Training Department.
Line Check and Proficiency Check Airmen will forward the record of completion of
each individual to the Training Department. All failed rides with remarks will be
entered.
Test scores and classroom hours will not be entered in the computer record. Class-
room hours for additional training events will be entered, since additional training
has no established hours.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-10

Volume 7
5. Actual training records

Training records for all Company pilots will be entered/stored in the CrewQual
System. Records on employed pilots will be maintained throughout their employ-
ment and for at least five years after their termination from the Company, regardless
of the reason for their termination, i.e. physical (medical, professional dequalifica-
tion, or voluntary resignation, etc.).
Specific Types of Records:
a. Training completion, i.e. basic indoctrination, hazardous materials.
b. Qualification/checking events including airplane type ratings, proficiency/compe-
tency/line checks.
c. Dequalifications.
d. Check airman, Instructors, and APD authorizations.
e. Medical Certificates.
f. Medical dequalifications.
g. Airman's certificate.
h. Operating experience.
i. Special training/testing.
Note: No data will be entered into the computer record without a form,
printed e-mail, or other hard-copy product, unless the Director or
Manager of Training have a verbal confirmation from the source.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-11

Section 9 CrewQual and CrewTrac Interface
Volume 7
Section 9 CrewQual and CrewTrac Interface

CrewQual will interface with CrewTrac. This marriage will ensure that a crewmember
with an overdue training/checking event or an overdue medical or invalid airman's cer-
tificate, will not be scheduled for flight.
The CrewTrac program has an override feature that will allow the Manager/Supervisor
of Crew Resources on duty to assign the trip. This feature will be used only after the
Manager/Supervisor of Crew Resources is in receipt of the hard copy document(s) that
was/were absent from the crewmember's record. A detailed verbal or e-mail message
must be sent to the Director or Manager of Training outlining the override action.
If a pilot's screen shows a dequalification (computer does not list reason), the Man-
ager/Supervisor of Crew Resources must verify the reason for dequalification. The
Manager of Crew Resources will consult the Overdue Dequal Report, to determine
the event, medical, or license that caused the dequalification.
The Manager/Supervisor of Crew Resources will contact the pilot/check airman and
request a faxed copy of the required event. Once in possession of the hard copy and
verification is complete, the Manager/Supervisor of Crew Resources will override the
dequalification message. The Manager/Supervisor of Crew Resources will not be able
to make any CrewQual entries.
The Crew Resources Department will maintain a holding area for the above documents
so that on the next normal business day, they can be given to the Director of Training,
Manager of Training, or his designee for inclusion in that crewmember's record.
During week-ends and holidays, the stored documents may be used on subsequent
days to allow the resetting of CrewTrac as the crewmember schedule warrants.
A crewmember that cannot be deemed legal will not be allowed to accept the trip
(flight) until the appropriate documents are in the possession of the Manager/Supervi-
sor of Crew Resources.
If a crewmember is flagged during normal business hours and the Training Department
personnel are in receipt of the required document, the entry will be made in CrewQual
to change the qualification status.
Note: When a Dequalification Report is generated and it is determined
that a training event has not been assigned or confirmed prior to
the next scheduled flight, that crewmember must be removed from
the schedule and immediately assigned the appropriate training or
checking event.
The Training Department will notify Crew Planning and Scheduling
to remove the affected pilot until the training or checking event is
completed. Crew Planning/Scheduling will not assign or reassign
the crewmember to flight duty until they have received notification
from the Training Department that the event has been
satisfactorily completed. The notification process may be via the
telephone, verbal or email. An email will be generated and sent to
the Manager of Crew Planning, Crew Scheduling, Chief Pilot, and
Director of SOC.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-12

Section 10 CrewQual Audit Process
Volume 7
Section 10 CrewQual Audit Process

The auditing procedure will be continuous. Each training or checking event must
include the last name and the employee number of the check airman, instructor, or
supervisor administering the event. After each event is entered, the system automati-
cally records and displays the person's name that made the entry and date of the entry.
Additionally, each hardcopy is initialed and dated by the person making the entry and
audited by at least one other person in the Training Department.
Medical Due/Overdue Report
The Training Department will submit to the Manager of Crew Scheduling, Manager of
Crew Planning, Director of SOC, Director of Operations and Chief Pilot on the 20th of
the month Medical Due/Overdue Report. Crew Scheduling is responsible to notify the
affected crewmembers that a copy of their Medical Certificate must be sent to the
Training Department by the 25th of the month or they will be removed from performing
their duties as a Flight Crewmember.
The Training Department will submit to the Crew Scheduling, Manager of Crew Plan-
ning, Director of SOC, Director of Operations and Chief Pilot, on the 25th of the month,
the updated Medical Due/Overdue Report. Crew Scheduling will remove the affected
Flight Crewmember from any further duties until a copy of the current Medical certifi-
cate is received. If the 20th or 25th of the month falls on a weekend or holiday, the Med-
ical Due/Overdue Report will be submitted on the last business day prior to the
deadline.
Crew Exception Report
The Manager of Crew Resources, or his designee, will retrieve the Crew Exception
Report, Severity: De-qualification the last day of the month, to ensure that no de-qual-
ifying crewmember is allowed to be scheduled on the first day of the new month. This
crewmember will be removed from the schedule until he/she has met the qualification
to perform these duties.
Overdue Dequal Report
The Overdue Dequal Report will provide information regarding Flight Crewmembers
that are not qualified to perform their duties for reasons such as Medical Certificate
expired, incomplete training, and out of currency (PC Check, Line Check, Temporary
Certificate expiration, etc.)
The Overdue Dequal Report shows each qualification event that, if not completed by
the end of the requested month, will cause the crewmember to become disqualified.
Additionally the Medical and License Due/Overdue Reports will flag those that are
nearing dequalification. These reports force the completion and or submission of the
required event hard copy to remain qualified.
Future Qualification Report
The Future Qualification Report serves as a timely reminder of the training/checking
events that remain in the qualifying process. It prompts the Training Department to fol-
low-up on the submission of the hard copy documents and to schedule open events.
Contract instructors and Chautauqua instructors/check airmen are responsible for the
timely completion and routing of the appropriate completion forms to the Training
Department.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-13
Section 11 Data Entry Instructions and Guidance
Volume 7
Each qualified instructor/check airman/supervisor must complete and sign the appro-
priate forms to document the training, checking, or competency events they adminis-
tered for each pilot. Their signature attests to their witness of the abilities of the pilot to
perform in a safe and professional manner, consistent with the FARs and Company
policies.
Hard copy records will be archived at all contractor locations.
The CrewQual records program is open to FAA inspection/audit any business day from
0800 to 1700 hours.
Section 11 Data Entry Instructions and Guidance

Entries in CrewQual will be in accordance with the Sabre Instruction Manual and the
abbreviated Chautauqua User's Manual.
Section 12 Training Candidates

Every reasonable effort is made to select from the new-hire candidate pool only those
airmen that have demonstrated their abilities to operate in a professional airline envi-
ronment.
All Training candidates scheduled to begin any training phase will be screened per the
guidelines of the Aviation and Transportation Security Act. All required documents will
be on file with our Company and/or copies made available to the training contractors
as required.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-14

Section 13 Training Categories
Volume 7
Section 13 Training Categories

The following training categories are established:
1. Initial New-Hire - This training is required for a pilot who has never held a Flight
Crew position with this Company or who has not had any previous experience in
any capacity with this Company. Also included in the above training is Basic
Indoctrination.
2. Initial Equipment - This training is required when a Flight Crewmember is being

assigned a different crew position in a different type of airplane.
3. Requalification - This training is required for a crewmember that was qualified but
for reasons, other than an expired medical, is no longer qualified to perform duties
on that airplane type.
4. Upgrade - This training is required for a Flight Crewmember who is performing as

First Officer and is being assigned duties as Captain in the same airplane type. If
the First Officer is being assigned to Captain position in a different airplane type, the
training category is Initial Equipment.
5. Recurrent - This ground training is required for all Flight Crewmembers each 12
months. The flight training however, is 6 months for a Captain and 12 months for a
First Officer. A proficiency flight check may be given in lieu of recurrent flight
training.
6. Other
a. Refresher - If a crewmember does not or will not complete the 100 hours of line
experience within the required 120 day period, he/she will complete Refresher
Training on or before the 120th day in order to allow an extension of 30 more
days, up to the maximum of 150 days. This training is also required for a pilot that
reverts back to another airplane type before gaining 100 hours.
The Director of Training or his designee will determine the proper course of
training as outlined:
1) Completes training conducted by a qualified instructor or check pilot, or
2) A check pilot determines that the crewmember has retained an adequate
level of proficiency after observing the pilot in a supervised line operating
flight.
b. Additional - May be any type of training that is given in any training phase that
goes beyond the normal allocated number of hours for that phase, i.e., Indoctri-
nation, Systems, Simulator, etc.
c. Special Segments - This training may be of a one-time nature and addresses
immediate need-to-know information.
d. Differences - As per subject and airplane, when applicable.
e. Retraining - This training is required when a crewmember has failed an oral/
written test or flight check.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-15

Section 14 Audits/Trend Analysis/Staff Communications
Volume 7
Note: A pilot that is required to qualify under a particular training

category must complete that curriculum as outlined in Section 15
(except the category Requalification, which is outlined in Chapter
2, Section 9). A pilot will not operate the aircraft unless he/she has
been properly trained and qualified for the position and type of
operation in which he/she is to serve.
A. Contractor Training Facility

In accordance with A031 of the Operations Specifications each Contract Training Cen-
ter will receive an audit within 24 months of the start of their service for our Company,
or within 24 months of any previous audit. The items in A031 will be addressed and the
comments forwarded to the POI. Timely correction of any addressed item will be
required.
The auditing frequency will be as often as the Training Department determines but not
greater than 24 months.
Audits will encompass the library, simulator device and associated logs, simulator
training sessions, and classroom instruction. Additionally, an audit of the qualified
instructor list may be made.
Any particular audit may contain all or parts of the above listed items. However, all
items must be covered within each 24 month period.
The Director of Training or his designee will address those items needing corrective
action.
B. Written tests
Copies of individual student tests will be retained for 12 months. Written tests will be
audited to determine validity and comprehensiveness. Changes will be made to indi-
vidual test items as necessary to ensure each test meets the intended goal of measur-
ing student learning/subject retention. Copies of test masters and score sheets will be
retained for twelve months.
C. Written Critiques
Written critiques will be given to students on the first day of class to be completed
throughout the course. Students are encouraged to record their observations daily.
All critiques will be reviewed by the Manager of Training. Critiques that have comments
suggesting areas in need of improvement will be given due consideration. A copy of
that critique, along with any corrective action/consideration required, will remain on file
for six months.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-16

Volume 7
D. Trend Awareness
The check airmen and contract instructors are in a great position to notice any negative
procedures and practices that are exhibited either in training situations or during the
course of regular/routine line operations.
1. When an adverse or improper operational practice has been detected, the observer
will submit the PTF145-21 Trend Awareness Observation Form, to the Aircraft
Program Manager. The Program Manager will review the form and contact the
person submitting it to determine the details of the situation and to ascertain if the
event merits investigation.
The Program Manager will review with either the Director of Training or the Manager
of Training the appropriate training practice. If it is determined that the Training
Department is teaching/training properly, the Program Manager will contact the
person that is not operating in accordance with established policy and explain the
correct procedure. He will ensure that a follow-up observation is scheduled during
the next flight or checking event. The Program Manager will keep the form with
follow-up remarks on file for 12 months.
If, after discussion of the comments of the submitted form, the Program Manager
feels that a training practice/procedure needs modification or improvement, he will
submit the form to the Director of Training for action as required. The Director of
Training will, in-turn, route the form to the Manager of Training for appropriate
corrective action and/or revision to the training program.
Corrective action as required will be detailed on the form and a date given for imple-
mentation and the form routed to the Program Manager through the Director of
Training.
2. If an improper training action is observed by our training partners the observer will
send the form to the Director of Training. The Director of Training will converse with
the Training Center representative submitting the form and determine if formal
follow-up is required.
If further action is required the form will be sent to the Manager of Training for action
as required. Routing back will be as in number 1 above.
E. Staff Meetings
The training staff will meet at least quarterly to discuss test items, written critiques, and/
or trends. The meetings will also focus on training accomplishments, upcoming sched-
ules, and ways to improve our programs. Minutes will be recorded and retained for
future use forever.
F. Check Airmen Meetings

Check Airmen meetings will be held twice each year to address issues that pertain to
the overall line operations, OE process, and the training program. Both Chautauqua
and Contract Training Department instructors should attend these meetings for conti-
nuity and first hand feedback. Minutes will be recorded to distribute to those not in
attendance and will be retained for future use.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-17

Section 15 Programmed Hours Per Training Category
Volume 7
Section 15 Programmed Hours Per Training Category

INITIAL/INITIAL EQUIP/TRANSITION 196 Hours
Indoctrination 40 hours
Hazardous Materials 1 hour
Emergency Situation 8 hours
General Operational Subjects 16 hours
Aircraft Systems 80 hours
Systems Integration 24 hours
Emergency Drill 1 hour
Initial CRM 6 hours
Two crew simulator PIC 16 SIC 16 hours
One person in Simulator PIC 20 SIC 16 hours
LOFT 4 hours
Note: Captain’s Command Training will be given to any new-hire captain.
UPGRADE 60 hours
General Subjects 12 hours
Aircraft Systems 18 hours
Systems Integration and Cockpit Procedures Training 6 hours
Preflight Inspection, Drills and Exits 2 hours
Emergency Equipment 1 hour
Cockpit Resource Management 2 hours
Security 2 hours
Captains’ Command Training 4 hours
Hazardous Materials 1 hour
Simulator Training 8 hours
LOFT 4 hours
RECURRENT GROUND 25 hours
General Operation Subjects 10.0 hours
Aircraft Systems Related Topics 11.0 hours
Security 2.0 hours
Crew Resource Management 2.0 hours
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-18

Section 16 Training Sequence and Release From Training
Volume 7
Note: Flight training hours as listed above are the minimum per National
Norms plus additional hours per our standards. Hours are further
explained as follows:
1. Two Crew Simulator - reflects the number of hours from 8400.10, Table 3.2.6.2 that
each Company pilot would need in the simulator as pilot flying (PF), when being
trained with a Company pilot partner. Each partner gets credit for total hours spent
in the simulator as PF and PNF.
2. One person in the simulator reflects the number of hours from 8400.10, Table
3.2.6.3 that each pilot would receive when one Company pilot is being trained in the
simulator without the benefit of a Company pilot partner.
Section 16 Training Sequence and Release From Training

The training will proceed from classroom instruction, through simulator training, check-
ing, LOFT, operating experience and line checks (PIC only).
Basic Indoctrination is required for all new hire pilots and will precede systems/equip-
ment training. Classroom/systems training will precede simulator training. Pilot’s must
satisfactorily complete a phase or segment of instruction before proceeding to the next.
Due to the simulator schedule/sequence it is permissible for the student to receive
drills/exits/preflight training prior to the start of and/or before finishing either the sys-
tems or the simulator program. This training would not be considered out of sequence.
GROUND TRAINING
• Classroom Instruction
• Cockpit Procedures/Systems Integration
• Examinations
SIMULATOR TRAINING
• Preflight Briefing
• Flight Training events
• Performance evaluation - Post flight briefing
SIMULATOR CHECKING
• Oral Examination
• Qualification ride
LOFT
Note: Retraining may be given for any failed segment or in situations

where the candidate is not ready for the next training element or
event.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-19

Section 17 Testing/Qualifying Procedures
Volume 7
Note: After all required training/checking events, per the training

program, have been completed, the Training Department will
release the pilot from training status, to the Crew Planning
Department for OE. This release will be in electronic or written
format. No pilot may be assigned OE until the Training Department
has made such release.
Note: In the case of training categories Initial, Initial Equipment and
Upgrade, the interval between as satisfactory oral and completion
of the checkride cannot exceed 60 days. It is the responsibility of
the airman conducting the check ride to ensure that the oral was
accomplished within the 60 day period.
Section 17 Testing/Qualifying Procedures

In order to ensure that the crewmember possesses adequate knowledge of ground
subjects covered, he/she must pass a written examination with a minimum score of
80%. All incorrect questions will be reviewed until the student has a clear understand-
ing of the concept. After the test items have been thoroughly reviewed, the test is con-
sidered corrected to 100%. Written tests will be kept for one year.
If an individual fails to pass the examination, the contractor Director of Training (if con-
tract training was given) and/or Director of Training (for in-house programs) or his des-
ignee will decide what further course of training and testing to pursue. If the decision
is made to provide additional training and re-testing, the student will be assigned extra
study or training time as deemed necessary and will be re-tested using a different
examination. If a pilot fails the retest, further training/testing will be determined by the
joint concurrence of the Director of Flight Operations and the Director of Training.
If an applicant fails to pass the oral or practical portion of a proficiency check (121.441
or Line Check 121.440), he/she must be retrained and satisfactorily complete the
retest of that qualification segment. If a decision is made to remove that pilot from the
training/qualification program, he/she must pass an oral and practical exam relative to
the duty position in which he/she is returning to.
Simulator Training - All flights will be graded as follows: 1 (Proficient), 2 (Normal
Progress), 3 (Needs Additional Training), 4 (Unsatisfactory), or 5 (Discussed). The
pilot will be required to achieve a grade of 1 by completion of training. A grade of 3 will
result in retraining the pilot in the deficient elements. The decision to terminate training
for pilots demonstrating a grade 4 performance will be made by the Director of Train-
ing.
A Flight Crewmember may complete a Curriculum Segment without completing the
programmed hours, providing all of the following conditions are met:
• Crewmember completion of all events.
• Instructor recommends test be conducted before completion of the specified hours.
• The Flight Crewmember satisfactorily completes the qualification segment.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-20

Section 18 Qualification Modules
Volume 7
If a crewmember fails to complete the qualification segment in a satisfactory manner

as outlined above, he/she must be re-enrolled in the program and complete all pro-
grammed hours as specified.
Pilot Checks - Checks required by 121.441 may be accomplished in the Level D sim-
ulator. These tests will be given by an FAA-approved check airman.
Each instructor/check airman/supervisor will complete all appropriate forms and for-
ward them to the Training Department for insertion in the crewmember’s computer
record.

A. Introduction
The qualification curriculum segment is the final segment of each training curriculum
as outlined in this manual. This segment is comprised of specific testing, checking, and
experience modules that candidates must successfully complete before being qualified
to serve as Flight Crewmembers.
1. The qualification curriculum segment has the following objectives:
a. To ensure that each pilot has reached an acceptable level of proficiency in all
assigned duties before being released from training and supervision.
b. To provide a means, as part of our quality assurance program, to measure the
effectiveness of training and to identify and correct individual training deficien-
cies.
2. The Qualification curriculum is composed of qualification modules. These modules
are divided into testing, checking, and experience segments which are further
defined.
B. Testing Module
A testing module serves to examine a pilot's knowledge or skill, with respect to a par-
ticular operational subject area or to the operation of our aircraft. This testing module
can be accomplished by an oral test, written test, or combination.
For oral testing, the student must verbally communicate to the examiner that he/she
has adequate knowledge of the subject material. For written tests, a minimum test
score of 80% must be attained.
If a student was unsuccessful during the testing module, retraining will be conducted
on the areas deemed unsatisfactory. The student will then be required to repeat the
testing for that specific module. The student progression would be as follows:
1. Basic Indoctrination - This test is administrated in the form of a closed book
examination at the completion of the basic indoctrination segment.
2. Security - This test is administered in the form of a closed book examination at the
completion of the security segment.
3. Hazardous Materials - This test is administered in the form of a closed book
examination at the completion of the hazardous materials segment.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-21

Volume 7
4. Aircraft systems- This test is administered in the form of a closed book examination
at the completion of aircraft systems training.
5. Simulator Completion - Although this is not a test, it is a milestone that must have
written instructor approval for commencement of the Proficiency Check.
6. FAR 61 and 121, Appendix F, Oral test - This test is administered by an FAA
inspector, or authorized CHQ check pilot as part of the Airman Type Certification
process.
7. FAR 121, Appendix F, Proficiency test - This test is administered by an FAA
inspector, or authorized CHQ check pilot to validate proficiency.
C. Checking Module
A checking module is a practical skills test utilizing the approved Level D simulator in
real time. An FAA inspector or a properly designated check airman will administer this
checking module.
Each pilot will be briefed and will indicate that he/she has a clear understanding of the
required maneuvers that they are to perform on their specific Proficiency Check. How-
ever, the sequence of the maneuvers nor the specific malfunctions that will be inter-
jected will not be revealed.
The intent is to ensure that there will be no maneuver surprises and at the same time
preserve the integrity of the checking flow and process.
For those pilots not attempting a type rating, if he/she was unsuccessful during the
checking module, retraining will be conducted on the areas deemed unsatisfactory.
The student will then be required to repeat the checking for that specific module. The
examiner may require that an entire re-check be conducted. During the checking mod-
ule, the examiner may stop the checking and conduct training for a specific element of
that checking module. Once the training for that element has been accomplished, the
examiner must announce when the checking module is to commence.
For those pilots attempting a type rating, unsatisfactory performance during the
attempt will require termination of the ride and documentation of that failure. Further
training and a second attempt will be required
The checking flow for all pilots is as follows:
1. Meets the practical test for certification requirements as outlined in FAR 61. It will
be conducted in an approved Level D simulator or the airplane.
2. Receives a Proficiency Check conducted in accordance with FAR 121.441,
Appendix F.
3. Completes a Line Check, if PIC, for certification and annually thereafter. The line
check will consist of at least one flight over a typical Company route, foreign or
Federal airway, or over a direct route.
D. LOFT Module
LOFT is conducted before the beginning of Operating Experience.
REV. 13, 1 JAN 2006 1-22

Volume 7
E. Experience Module
An experience module is an operation conducted in revenue service that is under the
supervision of a check airman and is measured in block hours and/or by the number of
repetitions of an event. The experience flow is as follows:
1. Initial Operating Experience (OE) - This meets the requirements of 121.434 for PICs
and SICs to operate on the line without supervision. Each PIC and SIC will receive
a minimum of 25 block hours of operating experience and a minimum of four cycles,
with at least two cycles as the flying pilot.
2. 100 hour PIC - PICs with less than 100 hours of PIC flight time in the assigned
aircraft must add 100 feet and ½ mile (or RVR equivalent) to landing minimums. The
100 hours of operating experience starts accumulating after the completion of that
pilot's OE and Line check.
3. Consolidation of Knowledge and Skills - Each PIC and SIC must accumulate at
least 100 block hours of line operating experience on or before the 120th day after
the Initial Proficiency Check was administered for the position they are assigned. A
PIC that gained that knowledge as an SIC is exempt.
4. The PIC will be observed in the performance of their duties by an FAA inspector
during at least one flight leg which includes a takeoff and landing.
5. While the Captain candidate is receiving operating experience and operating

cycles, the check pilot must serve as pilot in command and occupy a pilot seat.
F. Continuing Qualification
The pilot will maintain currency through additional, supplemental, and special seg-
ments training.
In addition to the formal training program, the learning process continues through the
reading of the various memos, bulletins, and official Training Department newsletters.
G. Upgrade Captain Observation

A Captain upgrade will be observed in the performance of their duties by an FAA
inspector or certain designated Company check airmen during at least one flight leg
which includes a takeoff and landing.
H. Check Airman Qualification

All check airmen must be current/qualified for the proficiency check or line check they
are giving. They must be familiar with airplane procedures, policy, and routes over
which they are checking.
REV. 13, 1 JAN 2006 1-23

Volume 7
I. Checking Personnel
All checks must be given by an FAA inspector or other duly qualified/authorized pilot
check airman.
J. Checking Integrity
In order to preserve the integrity of the qualification program, every reasonable effort
will be made to ensure that the flight training instructor and the individual administering
the oral or practical qualification ride are not the same person.
Additionally, all instructors and checking personnel are free to perform their duties with-
out fear of inappropriate interference from Company management or other external
organizations
REV. 13, 1 JAN 2006 1-24

Section 19 Training Flow Matrix
Volume 7
Section 19 Training Flow Matrix

Initial Upgrade Recurrent
Module PIC SIC PIC SIC
Testing
Basic Indoc/Gen Subj X X X X X
Security X X X X X
Haz Mat X X X X X
Systems Test X X X X X
Satisfactory Sim Trng X X X X X
Oral X X X X X
Checking Proficiency X X X X X
Line X X X
LOFT X X X
Experience
OE X X X
High Minimums X X
Consolid of Skills X X
REV. 13, 1 JAN 2006 1-25

Section 20 Contractor/Training Provider Qualifications
Volume 7
Section 20 Contractor/Training Provider Qualifications

In order to ensure the quality of training from our contract training partners, the
following is required:
1. Full compliance with the requirements of the contractor's Part 142 Certificate.
2. Current records relative to each instructor’s training/qualification events.
3. A list of qualified instructors that are authorized to conduct ground and/or simulator,
will be forwarded to the Training Department prior to that instructor being scheduled
for that training event.
The above list is referred to as the QI-1. The QI-1 will be accompanied by the
computer print-out detailing completion of FAM rides, check rides, and other quali-
fying events. Both products will be forwarded monthly. No instructor will be
permitted to train in any capacity until the qualifications can be confirmed by the
Manager of Training.
Section 21 Contractor’s FAA-Approved Drug and Alcohol Program
Chautauqua Airlines will maintain a copy of each contract training center's FAA-
approved program. During the on-site bi-annual audit, the program parameters will be
verified for compliance.
Section 22 Simulator Training/Qualification Serviceability Status
It will be the contract training center’s responsibility to inform the Company in the event
any hardware or software component fails which renders the simulator incapable of
performing all required training and/or checking events. The center will relay failure
date, give crew names and any training/checking events affected. The center will also
give the Company the date the simulator is expected to be 100% functional.
Section 23 Establishing Training Base Month
Using the guidance in FAA Order 8400.10, Paragraph 603, A. (1), the Company may
elect to designate/redesignate the Training Base Month. The Company will look at all
pilots that have received Ground Training events and note the three calendar month
window in which the first training event starts through the conclusion of the last training
event. Based upon the desire to balance the training load, the Company may establish/
reestablish the final completion date to either be the date of the first event start, final
event completion, or the completion of any event in between. In all cases where adjust-
ments are made, proper record notations will be made in the remarks box of the pilot's
CrewQual record.
For all Recurrent training and checking events, a person is considered to have com-
pleted the training/checking in their base month if they complete those events in the
calendar month before or after.
REV. 13, 1 JAN 2006 1-26

Section 24 Redundant Training
Volume 7
Section 24 Redundant Training

Indoctrination training (40 hours) contains training events that are FAR and Company
specific. These events apply to the operation of all Company airplane types. This cur-
riculum does not need to be completed again, except for specific events of that curric-
ulum when the person completes Recurrent Training, when he/she moves to another
airplane type, or a different crew position.
Section 25 Training Exemptions

The Company will use the following exemptions in our training program:
#4416 Preflight Pictorial
Section 26 Adding Aircraft Types/Systems/Fleet Modifications/

Upgrades
Upon learning of any of the above four situations the following processes will be fol-
lowed:
A. New Aircraft Introduction

1. Consult FAR 121, subparts N and O, ATOS references to SAI's and SRR's to
determine training requirements.
2. Meet with the In-flight, Maintenance, Customer Service, and Dispatch Departments
to determine training interface, potential overlaps, and areas of responsibility.
3. Participate in regular called meetings to ascertain progress and make adjustments

as required.
4. Develop a training event/compliance timeline.
5. Determine training sources available, i.e., Part 142 Center and/or factory trained
personnel.
6. Contact training provider(s) and arrange for training materials and/or instructional
assistance.
7. Obtain training qualification packages on any contract/factory employed personnel.

8. Determine the type and location of aircraft simulators.
9. Obtain simulator authorization letters.
10. Develop the training program to include manuals and all associated hardware/
software.
11. Submit the Training Program to the assigned POI for Initial Approval.
12. Select the initial cadre of ground instructors, simulator instructors, proficiency check
airmen, and line check airmen.
REV. 13, 1 JAN 2006 1-27

Section 26 Adding Aircraft Types/Systems/Fleet
Volume 7 Modifications/Upgrades
13. Train/certify all initial cadre instructors and check airman.
14. Conduct training program and revise content as required
B. Systems, Fleet Modifications, and Upgrades

1. Receive information on any of the above conditions.
2. Determine the role of the Training Department.
3. Determine if training will be done by our training partner, in-house, or both.

4. Determine if training will be by formal classroom, bulletin/memo, or a home study
package.
5. Determine how the program will be tracked/monitored.
6. Develop the training package.
7. Submit package to FAA.
8. Administer the program and perform follow-up as required.
REV. 13, 1 JAN 2006 1-28

Section 1 Basic Indoctrination - 40 Hours
Volume 7
Chapter 2
Ground Training
Section 1 Basic Indoctrination - 40 Hours

Objective of Training: At the end of the basic indoctrination training curriculum seg-
ment the crewmember shall understand Chautauqua's policies, procedures, and
means of compliance with the Federal Aviation Regulations while engaged in the busi-
ness of air commerce. Additionally, successful completion of this curriculum segment
ensures the pilot is fully prepared to enter airplane ground and flight training curriculum
segments. This training segment is required for all pilots who have never attended our
indoctrination program.
Section 2 Basic Indoctrination Outline “Operator Specific”
A. Duties and Responsibilities

1. Company History, Organization, and Management Structure
2. Operational Concepts, Policies, and Kind of Operation
3. Company Forms, Records, and Administrative Procedures
4. Employee Standards and Rules of Conduct
5. Authority and Responsibilities of Duty Position
6. Company Required Equipment
7. Company Manual Organization, Revisions, and Employee Responsibilities

Concerning Manuals
8. Employee Compensation and Benefits
9. Company Drug Testing
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-1

Section 2 Basic Indoctrination Outline “Operator Specific”
Volume 7
B. Appropriate Provisions of the FARs

1. Flight Crewmember’s Certification, Training, and Qualification Requirements
2. Medical Certificates, Physical Examination, and Fitness For Duty Requirements
3. Flight Control Requirements (Dispatch and Flight Release)

4. Flight Duty and Rest Requirements
5. Record Keeping Requirements
6. Operational Rules in Part 91, 119 and Part 121 and Any Other Applicable
Regulations
7. Regulatory Requirements For Company Manuals
8. Other Appropriate Regulations Such as Flight Crew Emergency Authority,

Interference With Crewmembers, and Reporting Requirements
9. Exit Row Seating Requirements
10. Canadian Operations, Customs and Immigration, and ATC
11. Minimum Equipment Lists and Configuration Deviation Lists
C. Contents of Certificate and Operations Specifications

1. Regulatory Basis in Part 121 and Public Law, Title 49
2. Definitions, Description
3. Limitations and Authorizations of Operations Specifications

4. Description of Certificate
5. Description of FAA Certificate Holding District Office and Responsibilities of FAA

Principal Inspectors
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-2

Section 3 Basic Indoctrination Outline “Pilot Specific”
Volume 7
A. Flight Control
1. Dispatch, Flight Release, Flight Locating Systems and Procedures
2. Organization, Duties, and Responsibilities.
3. Weather and NOTAM Information

4. Company Communications
5. Diversion Planning
B. Weight and Balance

1. Definitions (Such as Zero-Fuel Weight, Moments, and Inches of Datum)
2. General Loading Procedures and Center of Gravity Computations

3. Effects of Fuel Burn and Load Shifts in Flight
4. Weight and Balance Forms, Load Manifest, and Other Applicable Documents
C. Airplane Performance and Airport Analysis

1. Definitions (Such as Balanced Field, VMC, Obstruction Planes, and Maximum
Endurance)
2. Effects of Temperature and Pressure Altitude
3. General TERPS Criteria (Obstacle Clearance Standards)
4. Airport Analysis System
5. Effects of Contaminated Runways and how that affects Actual Aircraft

Performance.
6. Mountain Flying
D. Meteorology
1. Basic Weather Definitions (Such as Forecasts, Reports, and Symbols)
2. Temperature, Pressure, and Winds
3. Atmosphere Moisture, Clouds, and Virga
4. Air Masses and Fronts
5. Thunderstorms, Icing, and Windshear
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 2-3

Volume 7
E. Navigation
1. Definitions (Such as Class I, Class II Navigation)
2. Basic Navigational Instruments
3. Dead Reckoning and Pilotage Concepts and Procedures

4. Navigational Aids
5. VHF and GPS Network Description (AIM)
6. Introduction to the FMS and RNAV
F. Airspace and ATC Procedures

1. Definitions
2. Description of Airspace
3. Navigation Performance and Separation Standards
4. Controller and Pilot Responsibilities

5. ATC Communication
6. Air Traffic Flow Control
7. Wake Turbulence Recognition and Avoidance

8. Runway Incursions
9. All Weather and Low Visibility Airport Surface Movement Guidance and Control
System (SMGCS) Program
10. RVSM
G. Enroute and Terminal Area Charts & Flight Planning

1. Terminology of Charting Services
2. Take-Off Minimums, Landing Minimums, and Alternate Requirements

3. General Company Flight Planning Procedures
4. Flight Service and International Procedures
5. Airport Diagrams
6. Special Areas and Airports
7. Driftdown Analysis
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 2-4

Volume 7
H. Concepts of Instrument Procedures

1. Definitions
2. Holding Patterns, Procedure Turns
3. Precision Approaches to Include ILS / PRM

4. Non-Precision Approaches
5. Visual Approaches
6. Controlled Flight Into Terrain (CFIT)
7. Approach and Landing Accident Reduction (ALAR)
8. Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO)
I. Airplane Ground De-Icing and Anti-Icing

1. Holdover Times and Their Use
2. Areas to be Deiced
3. De-icing/Anti-icing Checks
4. Communication Procedures
5. Surface Contamination Effects and Critical Surface Recognition

6. Types and Characteristics of De-icing/Anti-icing Fluids
7. Cold Weather Preflight
8. Techniques for Surface Contamination Recognition
J. Aviation Safety Action Program (ASAP)

1. Purpose
2. Benefits
3. Applicability
4. Reporting Procedures
5. Event Resolution Committee
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 2-5

Section 4 Hazardous Materials - “Will Carry” Dry Ice Only
Volume 7
Section 4 Hazardous Materials - “Will Carry” Dry Ice Only

Initial 1.0 hour
Recurrent 1.0 hour
Objective of Training: This curriculum segment will prepare the pilot to be able to
know the company’s philosophy regarding Hazardous Material, to understand the lim-
itations in regard to our granted exceptions, to recognize the various types of unautho-
rized materials, and to know the reporting procedures in the event of discovery of
hazardous items.
Hazardous materials training may be given in the classroom or through home study. In
the event the material is covered the the home study, a 15-minute classroom period
will be allocated to review the lesson content to be sure there are no unresolved issues
or misconceptions.
Students will be required to respond to written questions pertaining to the hazardous
materials program.
A. General Philosophy
B. Limitations
1. Will Carry - Dry Ice only
2. Authorized Exceptions Status
C. Labeling and Markings
D. Recognition of Undeclared Hazardous Materials

1. Hidden Shipment Indicators
2. Procedures for Suspicious Items
E. Provisions for Passengers and Crew

1. Passenger Notification of Hazardous Materials Regulations
2. Detail of Authorized Exceptions/Exemptions
F. Reducing Exposure to Unknown Substances
G. Emergency Procedures
1. Discovery before and after Departure
2. Irregularity Report and Hazmat Incident Report
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 2-6

Section 5 “Emergency Situation”
Volume 7

Initial 8.0 Hours
Recurrent 1.0 Hour
Objective of Training: At the end of the “Emergency Situation” training curriculum
segment Flight Crewmembers shall have completed and become proficient in FAR
121.417(B)(1), (3) and (4).
A. Flight Crewmember Duties and Responsibilities

1. Emergency Assignment
2. Captain's Emergency Authority
3. Reporting Incidents and Accidents
B. Crew Coordination and Company Communication

1. Cabin Crew Notification Procedures
2. Ground Agency Notification Procedures (FAA and Airport Authority)
3. Company Communication Procedures
C. Airplane Fires
1. In-flight and on the Surface.
2. Principles of Combustion and Classes of Fires
3. Toxic Fumes, Chemical Irritants, and Smoke Control Procedures
4. Use of Appropriate Hand-Held Extinguishers
5. Special emphasis on electrical items, equipment, devices, and circuit breakers
found in the galleys.
6. Lavatory considerations.
7. Oxygen masks/smoke goggles
D. Portable Breathing Equipment

1. Purpose/limitations of device
2. Locations of PBE
E. First Aid Equipment

1. Contents of First Aid Kit
2. Requirements for First Aid Kit Integrity
3. Review use of individual items
4. Automated External Defibrillator
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-7

Volume 7
F. Enhanced Emergency Medical Kit

1. Familiarization of Contents
2. Requirements for Kit Integrity
G. Illness, Injury and Basic First Aid

1. Principles of CPR
2. Ear and Sinus Blocks
3. Seeking Medical Assistance
4. Treatment of Shock
5. Heart Attack and Pregnancies
H. Ground Evacuation
1. Airplane Configuration
2. Directing Passenger Flow
3. Blocked or Jammed Exit Procedures

4. Fuel Spills and Other Ground Hazards
5. Handicapped Persons
6. Items to Remove to Assist in Survival/Medical Care

7. Providing aid to Flight Attendants and other Persons Requiring Assistance
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-8

Volume 7
I. Ditching
1. Cockpit and Cabin Preparation
2. Passenger Briefing
3. Crew Coordination
4. Primary and Secondary Swells
5. Water Conditions
6. Ditching Heading and Landing
7. Ditching at Night
8. Items to Remove to Assist in Survival/Medical Care
9. Providing aid to Flight Attendants and other Persons Requiring Assistance
J. Ditching Equipment
1. Life Preservers
a. Location
b. Discuss proper donning/inflation
K. Rapid Decompression
1. Respiration
2. Hypoxia, Hypothermia, and Hyperventilation
3. Time of Useful Consciousness
4. Gas Expansion/Bubble Formation

5. Physical Phenomena and Actual Incidents
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-9

Volume 7
L. Previous Airplane Accidents/Incidents

1. Company Accidents/Incidents/Deviations/CRM Issues
2. Other Companies Accidents/Incidents Operating the Same Aircraft or Route

Structure
3. Human Factors/Considerations
M. Crewmember Incapacitation
1. Company Procedures
2. Reporting Requirements (NTSB)
3. Interference with Crewmembers
N. Basic Survival
1. Mountain
2. Over Water
3. Isolated Area
O. Hijacking
(See the approved Security Training Manual for course content.)
P. Airplane Security
(See the approved Security Training Manual for course content.)
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-10

Section 6 Initial/Initial Equipment/Transition - 120 Hours
Volume 7

General Operational Subjects 16 Hours
Aircraft (Ground) Systems 80 Hours
Systems Integration/Cockpit Procedures Training 24 Hours
Objective of Training: For each pilot to be able to learn the airplane systems to a level
that will allow him or her operate the airplane with a high degree of safety and confi-
dence. Successful completion of this phase of training will prepare the pilot for the oral
examination.
A. General Operational Subjects - 16 Hours

1. Introduction to Jet Propulsion
a. Theory of Jet Propulsion
b. Engine Components
c. Instrumentation
d. Bleed Air
2. Turbojet Aerodynamics
a. Shock Waves
b. Critical Mach Number
c. Transonic Airflow
d. Mach Buffet/Tuck
e. Overspeed
f. Swept Wing
g. Dutch Roll
h. Supercritical Wing
i. Stalls
j. Compressibility
k. Coffin Corner
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-11

Volume 7
3. High Altitude Physiology

a. Carbon Monoxide and the Ozone
b. Respiration
c. Effects/Symptoms/Causes of Hypoxia, Hyperventilation and other High Altitude
Sickness
d. Duration of Consciousness without Supplemental Oxygen.
e. Effects of Prolonged Use of Oxygen.
f. Causes and Effects of Gas Expansion, Gas Bubble Formation, and High Altitude
Sickness and Preventative Measures for their Elimination.
g. Physical Phenomena and Incidents of Decompression.
h. Any other Physiological Aspects of High Altitude Flight Including Vision
Changes.
4. High Altitude Weather

a. Introduction
b. The Tropopause
c. The Jetstream
d. Clear Air Turbulence
5. Adverse Weather Practices

a. Icing
b. Turbulence
c. Principles of Frontal Systems
d. Heavy Precipitation
e. Fog
f. Thunderstorms with Associated Windshear and Microburst Phenomena.
g. Virga (Dry and Wet microburst)
h. Hail
i. Low Visibility
j. Effects of Contaminated Runways and how that Affects Actual Aircraft Perfor-
mance
k. Windshear Avoidance and Detection
l. Operations near Volcanic Ash
6. Operational Control/Flight Planning

a. Release
b. Flight Locating
c. Fuel Consumption and other Related Flight Planning Charts
d. Operations and Limitations
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-12

Volume 7
7. Weight and Balance

a. Principles
b. Methods of Determining
8. Communication and Navigation Equipment Operations

a. Company Communications (i.e. Company Frequency, ACARS, ARINC, Delta
Radio)
b. Normal and Emergency Communication Procedures
c. Air Traffic Control Systems, Procedures, Phraseology
d. ATC Clearances
9. Performance
a. Definitions
b. Use of Charts, Tables, Tabulated Data & Other Related Manual Information
c. Principles of Aircraft Performance and Limitations
d. Principles of Airport Analysis and Limitations
e. Takeoff and Landing Weight Determination and Limitations
f. Cruise Altitude Determination and Limitations
g. Fuel Requirement Determination and Limitations
h. Normal, Abnormal & Emergency Performance Problems
i. Meteorological & Weight Limiting Performance Factors, such as, Temperature,
Pressure, Contaminated Runways, Precipitation, and Climb/Runway Limits
j. Inoperative Equipment Performance Limiting factors such as found in the MEL
and CDL
k. Special Operational Conditions such as High Altitude Airports, Drift Down
Requirements
l. Standard vs. Non-Standard Engine Failure Profiles
10. The FAA-Approved POH and AOM

a. Applicability and Description
b. Limitations Section
c. Normal and Abnormal Procedures Section
d. Emergency Procedures Section
e. General Performance Section
f. Appendices and Bulletins
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-13

Volume 7
11. Lower Than Standard Takeoff Minimums

a. Rejected Takeoff in a Low Visibility Environment
b. Engine Failure at V1 in Low Visibility
c. Taxi in Low Visibility Environment with Emphasis on Preventing Runway Incur-
sion
d. Critical Areas
e. Crew Coordination and Planning
12. Windshear Training

a. Windshear Weather
b. Lessons Learned from Windshear Encounters
c. Model of Flight Crew Action
13. Navigation
a. Use of Nav Aids
b. Instrument Approach Procedures
c. Visual Cues Prior to and Descent Below DH or MDA
d. Area Departure and Arrival
1) RNAV SIDS
2) RNAV STARS
e. Enroute
1) RVSM
f. Approach and Landing
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 2-14

Volume 7
B. Aircraft (Ground) Systems Modules - 80 Hours

1. AIRCRAFT GENERAL
a. General
1) Contents of Aircraft Operations Manual (As Appropriate)
2) Training Manual
b. Structures (Including training on both cabin door types)
c. Systems
d. Operating Limitations
e. Instrument Markings
f. Aircraft Walkaround CD Rom Preflight Program
2. EICAS
a. General
b. Operations
c. Limitations
d. Abnormal/Emergency Procedures
3. ELECTRICAL
a. General
1) Systems Description
2) Controls and Components
3) Annunciators
b. Operations
c. Limitations
4. LIGHTING
a. General
b. Operations
c. Limitations
5. FUEL
a. General
b. Operations
c. Limitations
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-15

Volume 7
6. AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU)

a. General
b. Operation
c. Limitations
7. POWERPLANT
a. General
b. Operations
c. Limitations
8. FIRE PROTECTION
a. General
b. Operations
c. Limitations
9. PNEUMATICS AND AIR CONDITIONING
a. General
b. Operations
c. Limitations
10. PRESSURIZATION
a. General
b. Operations
c. Limitations
11. ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
a. General
3) Annunciators
b. Operations
c. Limitations
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-16

Volume 7
12. HYDRAULICS
a. General
3) Indicators/Indications
4) Annunciators
b. Operations
c. Limitations
d. Abnormal and Emergency Procedures
13. LANDING GEAR
a. General
2) Servicing/Preflight
b. Operations
c. Limitations
14. BRAKES
a. System Description
b. Operation
c. Limitations
15. FLIGHT CONTROLS
a. General Elements
3) Indicators/Indications
4) Annunciators
b. Operations
c. Limitations
16. OXYGEN
a. General
b. Operations
c. Limitations
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-17

Volume 7
17. NAVIGATION
a. Systems Description
b. Operation
c. Limitations
18. COMMUNICATION
b. Operation
c. Limitations
19. FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
b. Operation
c. Limitations
20. AUTOFLIGHT
b. Operation
c. Limitations
21. DIFFERENCES
See Chapter 12 of the POH
22. REVIEW / TEST

23. Pictorial Preflight Program
a. The Preflight Inspection may be accomplished via the approved CD-ROM
program. The Company APD (required for type ride candidates) check airman,
or FAA Inspector must be present to evaluate the candidates preflight perfor-
mance.
b. The examiner must be satisfied that the candidate has sufficient knowledge of
inspection procedures and can determine the serviceability/airworthiness of the
components/systems in question.
c. This program is authorized under Exemption 4416 as amended.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-18

Volume 7
C. System Integration
24 HOURS
Note: The five modules below will be organized/planned in such a
manner to allow at least 12 hours of cockpit procedure trainer time
per student.
1. COCKPIT FAMILIARIZATION
a. Activation of Aircraft Systems/Controls/Switches
b. Normal/Abnormal/Emergency Switches
c. EICAS
d. Flight Management System Panels
e. Pilot's Panel
f. Center Pilot's Panel
g. Copilot's Panel
h. Center Pedestal
i. Overhead Panel
j. Circuit Breaker Panel
2. USE OF CHECKLISTS
3. NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES
a. Before Starting Engines
b. Taxi and Before Takeoff
c. Climb
d. Descent/In Range
e. Before Landing - Final
f. After Landing
g. Securing
4. PROFILES
5. ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
a. Abnormal Procedures
b. Challenge/Response
6. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
a. Emergency Checklists
b. Challenge/Response
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-19

Section 7 Emergency Drill
Volume 7
7. EMERGENCY TRAINING AND EMERGENCY EVACUATION

a. Emergency Landing and Evacuation
b. Emergency Ditching and Evacuation
c. Passenger Door Evacuation
d. Emergency Exit Doors
e. Emergency Equipment Location

All Training Categories 1.0 Hour
OBJECTIVE OF TRAINING: At the end of the emergency drill training curriculum seg-
ment, Crewmembers shall have completed and become proficient in FAR
121.417(b)(2), (c)(1), (c)(2)(i)(A) through (D).
The Emergency Drill subject area provides instruction and practice in the actual use of
certain items of emergency equipment, i.e. fire extinguishers, portable oxygen sys-
tems, protective breathing equipment, life vests, slides, and first-aid equipment.
Emergency drill is a “hands-on” curriculum segment. Each 24 months the “hands-on”
requirement of actually operating the equipment applies. The 12 month segment in
between would require at least training using accurate pictorial displays and/or equip-
ment displays/mock-ups.
Once the initial training requirements of: 1) donning a PBE and combating an actual or
simulated fire and 2) combating an actual fire using at least one hand held fire extin-
guisher (2 not required if actual fire present in 1) are met, these do not have to be
repeated at any time under actual conditions (live fire) for this airplane type.
These ground training events are unique in that the instruction is individualized. The
students will receive an illustrated lecture that explains the principles and techniques
of operation. However, the instructor will give personalized individual attention and
instruction as to the use of each item.
During Recurrent Training each crewmember will be required to don and inflate a life
vest. In addition, each pilot will be required to don and adjust the appropriate PBE, and
simulate fighting a fire with the appropriate fire extinguisher charged with water or air.
A. Hand-Held Fire Extinguishers

1. Inspection tags, dates, and proper charge levels
2. Removal and reinstallation/stowage of extinguishers
3. Simulated discharge of each type of accessible fire extinguisher assigned per

airplane
4. Actual discharge of at least one appropriate fire extinguisher while fighting a live fire
to satisfy the one-time initial training requirement
5. Maintenance procedures and the MEL
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-20

Volume 7
B. Portable and Fixed Emergency Oxygen Systems

1. Inspection tags, dates, and pressures
2. Removal and reinstallation/stowage of oxygen bottles
3. Actual operation of each type of bottle and its mask
C. Portable Breathing Equipment

1. Purpose/limitations of the device
2. Actual donning of the device and combating a live or simulated fire to satisfy the
one-time initial training requirement
D. Exits
Actual operation of cabin and cockpit exits in the normal and emergency modes. The
operation of all exit types must be accomplished at the airplane before the first OE
flight.
E. Ditching Equipment
Actual donning and inflation of individual flotation devices..
F. Crash Axe
Locate, identify, and remove from it’s stowed location.
G. Enhanced Emergency Medical Kit

Locate, identify, and remove from it’s stowed location.
H. First Aid Kit

Locate, Identify, and remove from it’s stowed position.
I. Automated Electronic Defibrillator

Locate, identify, and remove from it’s stowed position.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-21

Section 8 Crew Resource Management
Volume 7

Initial Training 6.0 Hours
Objective of Training: This curriculum segment will introduce the principles of crew
resource management which will provide each pilot an opportunity to learn and
develop those interpersonal skills that foster a professional and safe operating envi-
ronment.
1. INTRODUCTION
a. Classroom Introductions
b. Overview of Crew Resource Management
c. United Airlines Flight 232 - Video
2. THEN AND NOW COMPARISON

a. Paradigms Video and Discussion
b. Then and Now - Exercise
3. CAPTAINS AUTHORITY
a. Authority Slides and Video Presentations
b. Observable Characteristics - Exercise
4. TEAM BUILDING
a. Slides and Video Presentations
b. Discussion
5. COMMUNICATIONS
a. Role Playing - Exercise
b. Factors Affecting Communication
c. Barriers
6. DECISION BEHAVIOR
a. Trivia Test - Exercise
b. Synergy - Alaska Airlines Flight 60
7. INQUIRY AND ASSERTION
a. What is Inquiry and Assertion
b. Effective Assertion
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-22

Volume 7
8. CONFLICT RESOLUTION
a. Conflict - Exercise
b. Conflict Resolved - Air Traffic Control Video (Conflict on Approach)
c. Decision Behavior
d. Decision Review Model
9. WORKLOAD MANAGEMENT AND SITUATIONAL AWARENESS
a. Definition of Workload Management
b. Definition of Situational Awareness
1) The Big Picture
a) Preparation
b) Planning
2) Vigilance
c. Red Flags to Loss of Situational Awareness
d. Situational Awareness, Getting it Back
10. CLOSING
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 2-23

Section 9 Requalification Training
Volume 7

The three tables below are used to determine what training and or checking a pilot
needs when he/she has past their Grace Month. The tables are generally not used col-
lectively. Each is a stand alone table that addresses the single reason the person has
dequalified. In the event a person becomes dequalified for more than one reason, for
example a Proficiency Check and Recurrent Ground were both due in the same month,
both tables would be consulted and the most restrictive training and or checking events
would be required.
Ground Training Subjects
Minimum Training time required

Ground School Flight/Sim 121.441 121.434 121.440
Time Past Grace Training PC LOFT OE Line Chk
Month
Up to 3 months Recurrent N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
4-6 months Recurrent N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
7-12 months Recurrent N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
13-35 months Recurrent as a minimum N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
36 or more months 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10
121.441 PC Check

Month
Up to 3 months 2.0 hrs As needed* Yes No No if req
4-6 months 4.0 hrs As needed* Yes No 3 legs* Yes
7-12 months Recurrent As needed* Yes No 5 legs* Yes
13-35 months Recurrent as minimum 8.0 hrs.* Yes Yes 7 legs* Yes
36 or more months 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10
REV. 15, 1 MAY 2006 2-24

Bulletin: FTM145-08-05 Date: 28 OCT 2008
Subject: Requalification Training Clarification
Effective Date: 28 OCT 2008
Highlights- When the Requalification Training tables on pages 2-24 and 2-25 were developed there were no
specific requirements for the Flight Training events to be outlined. Additionally, the FAA Order
outlining the events was 8400.10 which has been replaced by FAA Order 8900.1.
Placement- This bulletin is issued in two parts. This is Part One. Insert this part in Chapter 2, after page 2-24.
Instructions- This part changes Chapter 2, Section 9 as follows:

The Requalification table below is used to determine the events that are required when a pilot
becomes unqualified and goes beyond his/her training due month. The table is designed to
address the usual circumstances of becoming unqualified as a result of a missed Proficiency
Check or Line Check.
It is possible for a pilot to become unqualified as a result of expired Recurrent Ground Training
events only. In that case the only requirement is for the pilot to attend the usual Recurrent
Ground Training.
If the pilot dequalifies as a result of a missed Prof Check or Line Check the table specifies all
the events required.
The table is extracted from the FAA Order 8900.1, Table 3-75. Our Company modified the 12-
35 months box to state 13-35 months to avoid confusion.
Requalification Table
Time Past Ground Simulator Prof Line

LOFT OE Check
Due Month Training Training Check PIC Only
Up to 3 months 2.0 hours NO If required NO NO YES
4-6 months 4.0 hours NO If required NO 2 flights YES
7-12 months Recurrent if required and YES NO 4 flights YES

as needed
13-35 months Recurrent 8.0 hours YES YES Per Transition YES
plus 16 hours Program 121.434
36-59 months Recurrent 16.0 hours YES YES Per Transition YES
plus 24 hours Program 121.434
60 or more All Events in the Initial Equipment Curriculum

months
FTM145 Page 1 of 6
Note: Hours under Ground School column for 121.440 and 121.441 tables
indicate instruction given in areas as follows:
• In the 2.0 hour program the instructor will review memos/bulletins and policies that have
transpired during pilots dequal period. The instructor will also cover the main points of a
Dispatch Release to also include performance issues.
• The 4 hour program will include all of the above plus 2.0 additional hours. The instructor will
review Weight/Balance and Systems Training.
• The 16 and 24 hour Ground Training references will be tailored for the individual with
training events and hours clearly marked on the PTF145-09.
Note:Sim Training as indicated in the tables may be halved if a Company pilot

is receiving training in the opposite seat.
Note:All references to any ground training, flight training, or OE events are
established minimums.
Note:The line check as outlined above is in addition to any OE flight that may
have been specified.
Note:Consult the table on the following pages to review the Requalification
Simulator Training events. The events were derived from Table 3-64 of
FAA Order 8900.1.
Pilots who have not logged three takeoffs and landings within the preceding 90 days must
reestablish recency of experience by completing the following:
Under the supervision of a check airman, in an aircraft, or advanced simulator, the pilot must:
1. Complete a minimum of three takeoffs and landings.
2. At least one takeoff must include a simulated failure of the most critical engine.
3. At least one landing from an ILS to the lowest authorized weather minimums.
4. At least one landing to a full stop.
If the establishment of recency is accomplished in the simulator Items 1-4 above must be com-
pleted and:
A qualified person must occupy the other required crew position. The simulator must be
operated in a normal in-flight environment without repositioning.
A check airman who observes the takeoffs and landings as referenced above shall certify
that the pilot is proficient and qualified to perform flight duties in operations under this part
and may require any additional maneuvers that are determined necessary. Pertinent
entries will be made on the PTF145-10 Airman Proficiency Check form. Use form PTF-13
series to highlight the appropriate areas.
Page 2 of 6 FTM145
PIC and SIC Recurrent and Requalification Flight Training Events
FLIGHT PHASE TRAINING EVENT
PREPARATION Visual Inspection (Use of pictorial display authorized)

Pre-taxi Procedures
Performance Limitations
SURFACE OPERATION Pushback
Starting
Taxi
Pre-takeoff Checks
TAKEOFF Normal
Crosswind
Rejected
Engine Failure V1
Engine Failure During Second Segment
Lower than Standard
CLIMB Normal
One-engine Inoperative During Climb to En Route
Altitude
EN ROUTE Steep Turns
Approaches to Stalls:
Takeoff
En Route
Landing
In-flight Engine Shutdown
In-flight Engine Restart
High Speed Handling Characteristics
DESCENT Normal
Maximum Rate
APPROACHES VFR Procedures
Visual Approach
With 50% Loss of Power on One side
With Flap Malfunction
IFR Precision Approaches
ILS/Normal
ILS/One-Engine Inoperative
IFR Non-precision Approaches
NDB/Normal
VOR/Normal
Non-precision Approach One-engine Inoperative
LOC Back-course Procedures
SDF/LDA Procedures
GPS/RNAV Procedsures
Circling to a landing on another runway maneuver
FTM145 Page 3 of 6
FLIGHT PHASE TRAINING EVENT
APPROACHES (Cont’d) Missed Approaches

From Precision Approach
From Non-precision Approach
With Engine Failure
LANDINGS Normal
With Pitch Mis-trim
From Precision Instrument Approach
From Precision Instrument Approach With one-engine
Inoperative
With 50% Loss of Power on One Side
Crosswind
AFTER LANDING Parking
Emergency Evacuation
OTHER FLIGHT Holding
PROCEDURES DURING Ice Accumulation on Airframe
ANY AIRBORNE PHASE Air Hazard Avoidance
Windshear /Microburst
SYSTEMS Pneumatic/Pressurization
PROCEDURES Air Conditioning
TRAINING DURING ANY Fuel and Oil
Electrical
PHASE
Hydraulic
-Normal Flight Controls
-Abnormal Anti-icing and Deicing Systems
-Alternate Autopilot
Flight Management Guidance Systems and/or
Automatic or Other Approach & Landing Aids
Stall Warning Devices, Stall Avoidance Devices, and
Stability Augmentation Systems
Airborne Weather Radar
Flight Instrument System Malfunction
SYSTEMS Aircraft Fires
PROCEDURES Smoke Control
TRAINING DURING ANY Engine Malfunctions
Electrical, Hydraulic, Pneumatic Systems
PHASE
Flight Control Systems Malfunction
-Emergency Communications Equipment
Navigation Systems
Page 4 of 6 FTM145
Volume 7
121.440 Line Check

Month
Up to 3 months 2.0 hrs No if Req No 3 legs* Yes
4-6 months 4.0 hrs No if Req No 3 legs* Yes
7-12 months Recurrent As needed* Yes No 5 legs* Yes
13-35 months Recurrent as minimum 8.0 hrs.* Yes Yes 7 legs* Yes
36 or more months 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10 8400.10
Note: Hours under Ground School column for 121.440 and 121.441 tables
indicate instruction given in areas as follows:
• In the 2.0 hour program the instructor will review memos/bulletins and policies that
have transpired during pilots dequal period. The instructor will also cover the main
points of a Dispatch Release to also include performance issues.
• The 4 hour program will include all of the above plus 2.0 additional hours. The
instructor will review Wt/Balance and Systems Training.
Note:Items marked with an asterisk denote the Company’s right to
determine on a per-individual basis the extent of training needed.
When a certain number of hours/legs were indicated those hours/
legs will be the minimum.
Note:Sim Training as indicated in the tables may be halved if a Company
pilot is receiving training in the opposite seat.
REV. 15, 1 MAY 2006 2-25

Volume 7
Pilots who have not logged three takeoffs and landings within the preceding 90 days
must reestablish recency of experience by completing the following:
Under the supervision of a check airman, in an aircraft, or advanced simulator, the pilot
must:
1. Complete a minimum of three takeoffs and landings.
2. At least one takeoff must include a simulated failure of the most critical engine.
3. At least one landing from an ILS to the lowest authorized weather minimums.
4. At least one landing to a full stop.
If the establishment of recency is accomplished in the simulator Items 1-4 above must be
completed and:
A qualified person must occupy the other required crew position. The simulator
must be operated in a normal in-flight environment without repositioning.
A check airman who observes the takeoffs and landings as referenced above shall
certify that the pilot is proficient and qualified to perform flight duties in operations
under this part and may require any additional maneuvers that are determined nec-
essary. Pertinent entries will be made on the PTF145-10 Airman Proficiency Check
form. Use form PTF-13 series to highlight the appropriate areas.
REV. 15, 1 MAY 2006 2-26

Section 10 Captain’s Command Training - 4 Hours
Volume 7
Section 10 Captain’s Command Training - 4 Hours

Captains’ Command Training is given to all Initial New-Hire and Upgrade Captain can-
didates.
The curriculum events are listed below:
1. Introduction
2. Captain’s Role and Responsibilities
3. Leadership
4. Captain’s Liabilities and Accountabilities
5. Making Decisions
6. Assertiveness
7. Team Management
8. The Customer and Effective Pilot Announcements
9. Conflict Management
10. How Safe is Safe Enough

11. Stress and the Airline Pilot
12. Crew Management

Note:During this course, preferably in this section the chief pilot will
address the class and stress the importance of assertiveness.
REV. 15, 1 MAY 2006 2-27

Section 11 Upgrade Ground Instruction - 48 Hours
Volume 7

Objective of Training: Upon completion of this curriculum segment, the pilot will have
had an excellent review of general subjects, aircraft systems, and how to integrate
those knowledge and skill items learned. He/she will have satisfied the requirements
of FAR 121.419 and will be ready for the flight training events.
The ground training program consists of the following segments:
A. General Subjects - 12.0 Hours

1. Flight Release Procedures
3. MEL/CDL Procedures
4. Runway Limitations for Takeoff and Landing
5. Meteorology
a. Principles of Frontal Systems
b. Icing
c. Fog
d. Thunderstorms
e. High Altitude Weather Situations
6. Recognizing/Avoiding/Escaping Severe Weather to Include Low Altitude
Windshear
7. Operating in or Near Thunderstorms
a. Best Penetrating Altitude
b. Turbulent Air, Including Clear Air Turbulence
c. Icing
d. Hail
e. Other Potentially Hazardous Meteorological Conditions
8. Air Traffic Control Systems, Procedures, and Phraseology
9. Navigation and the use of Navigation Aids, Including Instrument Approach
Procedures
10. Review of Honeywell and Universal RNAV procedures
11. RVSM
12. Normal and Emergency Communications Procedures
13. Visual cues relative to DH and MDA
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 2-28

Volume 7
14. Operations Specifications
15. Upset recovery, ALAR, CFIT, ILS/PRM
16. Low Visibility Surface Movement to include the SMGCS program
17. Runway Incursions
18. Emergency Situation Training

19. Ground De-ice and Anti-ice Procedures
20. ASAP
21. Review and Written Test
B. Systems Subjects - 18.0 Hours

1. Performance including High Altitude Considerations
2. Operating Limitations
3. Fuel Consumption/Cruise Control

4. Differences
5. Flight Planning
6. Operation/Working Knowledge of all Systems

7. Principles of Normal, Abnormal, and Emergency Operations relative to Aircraft
Systems
8. Overview of the Pilot's Operating Handbook

9. Review and Written Test
C. Systems Integration and Cockpit Procedures - 6.0 Hours

D. Preflight Inspection, Drills, and Exits - 2.0 Hours
E. Emergency Equipment - 1.0 Hour
F. Crew Resource Management - 2.0 Hours

G. Captain’s Command Training - 4.0 Hours
H. Security - 2.0 Hours
I. Hazardous Materials - 1.0 Hour
REV. 15, 1 MAY 2006 2-29

Section 12 Recurrent - 27 Hours
Volume 7
Objective of training: For each pilot to 1) receive a review of the latest updates relative
to operational issues, 2) to have a better understanding of how each selected system
contributes to the operation of the aircraft, 3) to have a more effective interface with the
Inflight Department, and 4) to be challenged to become more visible in the daily task
of displaying professional attributes.
Classroom Training 22 Hours
General subjects 8 Hours

Home-study written test and critique
Operational bulletins/memos/revisions
Performance/AeroData
Upset recovery
Low visibility surface movement/SMGCS program
Airport signs and markings
Special airports
Approach and landing accident reduction
Runway incursions
ASAP
Ground de-ice and anti-ice procedures
Dangerous goods (HazMat)
Security When possible combined with the flight attendants 2 Hours

CRM When possible combined with the flight attendants 2 Hours
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 2-30

Volume 7
Aircraft Systems 8 Hours

Annual presentations
Crew Awareness
Flight Instruments
Communication
Navigation
Windshear
RVSM during TCAS presentation
CFIT during EGPWS presentation
2008 presentations
Ice and rain protection
Autoflight
Flight controls
Fuel
Pressurization
Systems review and written test
Demonstration of doors/exits and emergency equipment items 2 Hours
Home-Study Training 5 Hours
GOM Chapters 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, and 13

Mountain flying/driftdown
Avoiding volcanic ash
Flight and duty times
Ops Specs and Exemption 3585
The Manager of Training, or his designee, will verify prior to the first day of training any
student requiring Emergency Drill Training and their accomplishment of Home Study.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 2-31

Volume 7

Recurrent Training 2.0 Hours
Objective of Training: This curriculum segment will review and reinforce the princi-
ples of Crew Resource Management (CRM) that are planted in the Initial CRM class.
Each pilot will receive an opportunity to broaden those previously learned skills and
incorporate new information received today. When possible pilots and flight attendants
will be together during the first hour.
A. Curriculum Segments
1. Purpose and Introduction
2. Communication/Decision Making/Workload Management
3. Interpersonal Relationships/Crew Climate
4. Individual Factors/Stress Reduction

5. Assertion/Inquiry/Conflict Resolution
6. Leadership/Followership
7. Crew Exercise
8. Crew Self Critique
9. Closing Remarks
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 2-32

Section 14 Differences
Volume 7
Section 14 Differences
Consult the EMB 145 POH, Chapter 12, for a complete listing of aircraft difference.
Section 15 Aircraft/Simulator Differences

The items listed below are found in the airplane but not in the simulator.
1. Push Button Test Switch (PB Test)
2. Engine Start / Stop Selector Protective Guards
3. Cargo Fire Extinguishing System
4. Sterile Cockpit Switch
5. ELT 96 Model Sim has ELT 110-4
6. SELCAL Button
7. EGPWS Override Switch and EGPWS

8. Airplane equipped with updated EICAS, CAS, and FADEC software.
9. Captain and First Officer Rudder Pedal Adjustment Switch locations
10. Collared Electronic Gust Lock Circuit Breaker installed in some airplanes.
11. Electronic Gust Lock installed in some airplanes.
12. PBE Type
13. Third Nav/Com receiver

14. Cockpit Fire Extinguisher
15. Gear Pins
16. SPS/Ice Advance

17. ACARS on the EMB-140
18. Universal FMS on the EMB 140
19. ATTCS must be armed for takeoffs using T/O or ALT T/O-1 modes.
20. PEAKS - In the EGPWS profile, the simulator incorporates man-made obstacles but
the airplane does not have that capability.
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 2-33

Section 15 Aircraft/Simulator Differences
Volume 7
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 2-34

Placement- This bulletin is issued in two parts. This is Part Two. Insert this part in Chapter 2, after Page 2-34.
Instructions- This part adds a new Section 16 to Chapter 2.
Section 16 Special Curriculum Segment

Initial and Recurrent 8.0 Hours
Effective November 2008, all pilots currently employed by The Company and those that
join at any later date, will receive this Special Segment. It is a one-time requirement and
may be combined with a scheduled training session or it may be a stand alone event.
Objective of Training: For each pilot to participate in an open forum highlighting Threat and
Error Management principles. The overall goal is for each pilot to leave the session with new
skills and behaviors that will help him or her be a safer pilot and at the same time a more effec-
tive communicator.
A. Lesson Elements
1. Introduction/Determination of Operating Experience
2. Recognizing Threats
3. Red Flags
4. Workload Management and Situational Awareness
5. Applying Filters
6. Assertion
7. Managing Errors
8. Leadership and Resolution
9. Closing Thoughts
FTM145 Page 3 of 4
Page 4 of 4 FTM145
Section 1 General
Volume 7
Chapter 3
Flight Training
Section 1 General
OBJECTIVE OF TRAINING: To provide the pilot with structured training that will
expose him/her to the normal, abnormal and emergency situations that may be
encountered and then provide the techniques or procedures necessary to operate the
airplane in a safe, efficient, and professional manner.
SIMULATOR
WHEN TWO COMPANY PILOTS OCCUPY THE PILOT SEATS

Initial/Initial Equip/Transition 8 Simulator Sessions
Upgrade 4 Simulator Sessions
L. O. F. T. 1 Simulator Session
All sessions above are with two Company crewmembers. Each pilot receives equal
time each session as pilot flying and pilot monitoring. For example, the Upgrade pilots
would each receive credit for 16 simulator hours since each two-crew sessions are
blocked at four hours each.
SINGLE COMPANY PILOT SIMULATOR TRAINING
The below items are the FAR minimums.
PIC SIC
Initial/Initial Equip/Transition 20 Hrs (10 Sim Sessions) 16 Hrs (8 Sim Sessions)
Upgrade 8 hours (4 Sim Sessions of 2 hours each)
Note: A pre and post-briefing session will be the routine for each
simulator session, with the simulator session alone scheduled for
four hours. Time will vary, but expect each simulator briefing/
training/briefing experience to total 6-7 hours.
Note: When simulator training is given, the program hours for flight
training as outlined in FAR 121.424 do not apply.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 3-1

Section 1 General
Volume 7
A. Training Sessions Per Category

The training sessions as outlined on the preceding page reflect the minimum hours as
established per the National Norms Tables of 8400.10. If a candidate finishes all of the
required training elements in a satisfactory manner he/she may be recommended for
the checkride with proper documentation without completion of the programmed hours.
If the candidate does not pass the checkride, he/she must be reenrolled in the program
and satisfactorily complete all programmed hours as required.
B. Training Session Duration

A single-pilot simulator session is normally scheduled for two hours. Dual pilot simula-
tor sessions are scheduled for four hours.
C. Training and Checking Weather Conditions

The ATP Practical Test Standards will be used as minimum weather for all required
training and checking events. Events and weather are outlined below.
1. Instrument Takeoff - Visibility no greater than one-quarter mile. All captains will
receive a takeoff under RVR 600/600/600 conditions.
2. Instrument Departure - simulated instrument conditions.
3. Steep Turns - simulated instrument conditions.
4. Approaches to Stalls - simulated instrument conditions.
5. Instrument Arrival - simulated instrument conditions
6. Holding - simulated instrument conditions
7. Precision Instrument Approaches - simulated instrument conditions to DH
8. Nonprecision Instrument Approach - simulated instrument conditions
9. Rejected Landing - Instrument conditions need not be simulated below 100 feet
above the runway. This maneuver should be initiated approximately 50 feet above
the runway and approximately over the runway threshold.
D. Visual Maneuvers
The Company does not train circle approaches but does train on visual approaches.
The following visual approaches will allow a VFR circle maneuver:
DCA
River Visual Runway 19
JFK
Parkway Visual Runway 13L/R
LGA
River Visual Runway 13
Expressway Visual Runway 31
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-2

Placement- This bulletin is issued in two parts. This is Part Two. Insert this part in Chapter 3, before page 3-3
Instructions- This part changes Chapter 3, Section 2, Item A, Number 1, Paragraph b, Item 2 as follows:
OVER>>>
FTM145 Page 5 of 6
2) Surface Operation
a) Normal Start Procedures
b) Pushback Procedures
c) Takeoff Data/Briefing
d) Pretakeoff Checks
Page 6 of 6 FTM145
Section 2 Specific Initial/Initial Equipment Training
Volume 7 Simulator Sessions/Events
Section 2 Specific Initial/Initial Equipment Training Simulator

Sessions/Events
A. Simulator Sessions
1. Session #1
a. Normal Procedures
b. Flight Training Events
1) Preparation
a) Briefing
b) Exterior and Interior Inspection
c) Receiving Flows and Checklist as appropriate per seat
d) Determination of Environmental Conditions
e) Determination of Operational Conditions/Limitations
b) Takeoff Data/Briefing
c) Pretakeoff Checks
3) Takeoff
a) Normal Takeoff
b) Rotation Characteristics
c) Gear and Flap Operation
d) RNAV SID’s
4) Climb
a) Normal
b) After Takeoff Checks
c) Area Departure - Radar Vectors
5) Enroute
a) Flight Stability and Maneuvering with Normal Power
b) RVSM Operations
c) Gear and Flap Operation - Effect of configuration change on Flight Char-
acteristics
d) Slow Flight with Turns
e) Recovery with Stick Shaker
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-3

6) Descent
a) Descent Checks
b) Descent Planning
c) Drag Devices
d) Navigation during Arrival
e) RNAV STAR
7) Approaches
a) Approach Familiarization
b) Demonstration of Autopilot ILS to Landing
c) Raw Data ILS to Landing
8) Landings
a) Normal
b) From ILS Approach
c) Normal Reverse
d) Directional Control and Ground Handling
e) Normal Brake Operation
f) Nosewheel Steering
9) After Landing
a) Taxi/Parking
b) Post Flight Checks
c) Parking Brake Operation
d) Parking/Terminating Checks
10) General
a) Judgement
b) Crew Coordination
c) Use of Checklists
d) Debriefing - reinforcement of correct procedures and critique / correct
understanding of errors
e) Review next day's lesson
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 3-4

2. Session #2
1) Preparation
a) Briefing - Presentation of each session's maneuvers / tasks and expecta-
tions
b) Oral Exam - Determination of level of knowledge on aircraft and sessions
maneuvers / tasks
c) Receiving flows and checklist as appropriate per seat
e) Determination of Operational Conditions / Limitations
f) Alternate Start Procedures
b) APU Operation
c) Aircraft Ground Handling / Taxi with Nosewheel Steering
d) Brief low visibility surface operations to include any areas of increased vigi-
lance to include airports where SMGCS is in operation.
e) On taxi-out change departure runway. Note that this will require a new taxi
briefing
f) Takeoff Data / Briefing
g) Pretakeoff Checks
3) Takeoff
a) Takeoff Checks
b) Nosewheel and Rudder Steering
c) Normal, using each flap setting
d) Crosswind
e) Rotation Characteristics
f) Systems Operation from on Ground to Flight
g) Gear and Flap Operation
h) Flight Guidance during Takeoff
i) Communication / Navigation during Departure
j) Abnormal/Runaway Trim
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-5

4) Climb
a) Normal
c) Area Departure with Radar Vectors
d) Flight Guidance during Departure
5) Enroute
a) Steep turns at low and high altitudes
b) Approach to Stalls
• Takeoff Configuration
• Enroute Configuration
• Landing Configuration
c) High altitude stalls
d) Specific Flight Characteristics - and operation with Flight Control Discon-
nects pulled
e) Allowing aircraft to get behind the power curve
6) Descent
a) Descent Checks
b) Descent Planning
c) Navigation / Communication during Arrival
d) Flight Guidance during Arrival
7) Approaches
a) Area Arrivals - Speed / Altitude Control
b) Precision Approaches
• ILS Flight Director
• ILS/PRM-with either a climbing or descending breakout maneuver.
Other crewmember should complete opposite maneuver.
• Coupled ILS (to 200’ DA or to initiation of a missed approach
c) Non-Precision Approaches
• VOR, VOR/DME
• NBD, NDB/DME
d) Visual Approaches - Traffic Pattern
e) Missed Approach - Procedure for Precision and Non - Precision Approach
8) Landings
a) Normal ILS
b) Crosswind
c) Night
d) Normal Reverse
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-6

e) Directional Control and Ground Handling

f) Normal Brake Operation
g) Nosewheel Steering
9) After Landing
a) Taxi / Parking
c) Transfer of systems and Operation to APU
d) Parking Brake Operation
e) Parking / Terminating Checks
10) General
a) Judgement
d) Debriefing - Reinforcement of correct procedures and critique / correct
3. Session #3
1) Preparation
a) Briefing - Presentation of each training session maneuvers / tasks and
expectations
maneuvering / tasks
2) Surface Operations
a) Alternate Start Procedures - Crossbleed Engine Start
b) Abnormal Starts
• Hot Start
• Hung Start
c) On taxi-out, crews are interrupted by a frivolous call from Company Oper-
ations
d) Takeoff Data / Briefing
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-7

3) Takeoff
a) Takeoff Checks
b) Nosewheel and Rudder Steering
c) Normal Takeoff
d) Crosswind
e) Rejected
f) Engine Failure during 2nd segment
g) Systems Operation from Ground to Inflight
h) Gear and Flap Operation
i) Flight Guidance during Takeoff
j) Communication / Navigation during Departure
4) Climb
a) With one Engine Inoperative
c) Abnormal and Emergency Procedures for:
• Engine Failure
• Air Conditioning / Pressurization
d) Area Departure - Radar Vectors
e) Flight Guidance during Departure
f) Upset/Unusual Attitude Recovery
5) Enroute
a) Steep Turns
b) Approach to Stalls
• Takeoff Configuration
• Enroute Configuration
• Landing Configuration
c) Inflight Engine Shutdown
d) Maneuvering with One Engine Inoperative
e) Engine Airstart
f) Holding
g) Emergency Descent
h) Abnormal and Emergency Procedures
• Engine Fire
• Rapid Decompression
• Air conditioning Failure
• Pressurization Failure
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-8

• Smoke Evacuation
• APU Fire
• Abnormal/Runaway Trim
i) Specific Flight Characteristics - Flight on Manual Reversion
6) Descent
a) Descent Checks
b) Descent Planning
7) Approaches
a) Area Arrival of:
• Radar Vectors
• Speed / Altitude Control
b) Gear and Flap Operation
c) Precision Approach with One Engine Inoperative ILS, ILS/DME (Manually
Controlled)
d) Non-Precision Approaches - LOC BC, NBD
e) Visual Approach - Engine Inoperative with visual glidepath
f) Missed Approach Procedure from Non-Precision Approach

g) Flight Guidance during Approach and Missed Approach
h) Abnormal and Emergency Procedures
i) Engine Failure / Flameouts
ii) Engine Failures at Low Power Settings
8) Landings
a) Normal
b) Crosswind
c) From an ILS with Engine failed
d) Emergency / Crash Preparation
e) Emergency Reverse Thrust
f) Reverse with One Engine Inoperative
g) Directional Control and Ground Handling
h) Nosewheel Steering
i) Rejected (50 feet AGL)
9) After Landing
a) Taxi / Parking
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-9
c) Evacuation
d) Transfer of system Operation External Power
e) Parking / Terminating
10) General
a) Judgement
d) Debriefing - reinforcement of correct procedures and critique / correct
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-10

4. Session #4
Note:This session will begin with the Captain occupying the right seat so
he/she will become familiar with Seat Dependant Duties. Those
specific items are identified below as (PIC). The second half of the
session will be completed with the First Officer occupying the right
seat.
1) Preparation
expectations
maneuvers / tasks
a) Abnormal and Emergency Starts - Engine Fire
b) Aircraft Ground Handling and Taxi
c) Nose wheel Steering Failure (PIC Only)
d) Takeoff Data / Briefing
e) Abnormal and Emergency Procedures of:
• Anti-Icing Failures
• APU Fire
f) Pretakeoff Checks
3) Takeoff
a) Takeoff Checks
b) Nose wheel and Rudder Steering
c) Crosswind
d) System Operations from on Ground to Flight
e) Gear Retraction Failures
f) Engine Failure with Takeoff Continued (Simulated as close to V1 as prac-
tical) using each flap setting.
g) Rejected (With PIC in right seat)
h) Runaway trim and other trim malfunctions
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-11

4) Climb
a) Normal
c) Abnormal and Emergency Procedures of:
• Takeoff Alternate Use
• Instrument Failure
• Icing Operation
d) Area Departures (SID)
5) Enroute
a) High Speed Characteristics
b) Engine Air Restart
c) Both Engines Flame Out
d) Abnormal / Emergency for:
• Anti-Icing
• Powerplant
• Communication Equipment
• Navigation Systems
• Landing Gear
• Cabin Fire or Smoke
• Airborne Radar
6) Descent
a) Descent Checks
b) Abnormal and Emergency for:
• Icing Operation
• Lost Communication
c) Emergency Descent Duties (with PIC in right seat)
d) Use of Passenger Oxygen Control Panel
7) Approaches
a) Area Arrivals - STAR
b) Precision Approaches of:
• Coupled ILS (to 200' DA or to initiation or a missed approach)
• one Engine Inoperative ILS, ILS/DME (Manually Controlled)
c) TCAS RA event
d) Missed Approach Procedure from Precision Approach
e) Abnormal and Emergency procedures of:
• Gear configuration problems
• Emergency Gear extension (with PIC in right seat)
• Navigation Failure
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-12

8) Landings
a) With Icing Conditions
b) Crosswind
c) Normal Reverse (with icing Conditions existing on the runway)
d) Normal Brake Operation (with ice on the runway)
9) After Landing
a) Emergency Evacuation
b) Taxi / Parking (Ground Icing Conditions)
c) Post Flight Checks
d) Transfer of Systems and Operation to GPU
e) Parking Brake Operation
f) Parking / Terminating Checks
10) General
a) Judgement
c) Checklist Usage
d) Debriefing
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-13

5. Session #5
1) Preparation
expectations
b) Oral Exam - Determination of level of knowledge on aircraft and training
sessions, maneuvers, and tasks
d) Determination of Operational Conditions / Limitations - Generator Inoper-
ative for Dispatch
2) Surface
a) Takeoff Data / Briefing
b) Abnormal and Emergency Procedures of:
• Flight Instruments
• Electrical Failure
c) Pretakeoff Checks
3) Takeoff
a) Takeoff Checks
b) Normal takeoff with a potential runway incursion by another aircraft
c) Engine Failure with a Takeoff continued to a Non-Standard Engine Failure
Profile
d) Engine Fire at or above V1
e) Systems Operations from on Ground to Flight
f) Flight Guidance during Takeoff
4) Climb
a) Normal
c) Area Departure - Radar Vectors
5) Enroute Abnormal / Emergency for:
• Electrical
• Fire suspected from Electrical System
• Flight Instruments
• AutoPilot Failures, failure of Stall Warning and Avoidance Devices
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-14

6) Descent
a) Descent Checks
b) Navigation / Communication during Arrival
c) Flight Guidance during Arrival
7) Approaches
a) Area Arrivals - Radar Vectors
b) Precision Approaches of:
• Two Engine ILS, Raw Data
• One Engine Inoperative ILS, ILS /DME (Manually controlled)
c) Non-Precision Approaches of:
• Localizer - Backcourse
• One Engine Inoperative LOC
• Two Engine VOR (RMU)
d) Missed Approach with One Engine Inoperative from Precision
e) Visual approach JFK Parkway Visual Runway 13L/R
f) Flight Guidance during approach and missed approach
g) Abnormal / Emergency Procedures of:
• Engine Failures / flameouts
• Emergency Instruments only Approach
• Engine Failure at low Power settings
8) Landings
a) Directional Control and Ground Handling
b) Normal Brake Operation
c) Abnormal/Runaway Trim
9) After Landing
a) Taxi / Parking
c) Parking / Terminating
10) General
a) Judgement
c) Checklist Usage
d) Debriefing
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-15

6. Session #6
1) Preparation
expectations
maneuvers / tasks
e) Determination of Operational Conditions / Limitations - Dispatching with
static wick missing
2) Surface
a) Takeoff Data - Briefing
b) Pre-takeoff Checks
3) Takeoff
a) Takeoff Checks
b) Normal Takeoff
c) Crosswind
d) Simulated reduced visibility Takeoff (RVR 600)
e) Engine Failure with Takeoff continued (simulated as close to V1 as prac-
tical)
f) Gear Retraction Failures
g) Plan a Windshear Event
4) Climb
a) Normal
c) Area Departure (SID)
e) Plan a Windshear Event
5) Enroute - Abnormal/Emergency - Flight Controls
6) Descent
a) Descent Checks
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-16

7) Approaches
a) Area Arrivals of:
• Radar Vectors
• STAR
b) Holding
c) Precision Approach - Two Engine ILS Flight Director
d) No-Flap Approach (visual)
e) Non-Precision Approaches of:
• LDA
• Review as needed
f) Visual approach JFK Parkway Visual Runway 13L/R
g) Flight Guidance during approach and missed approach
h) Abnormal / Emergency Procedures - Flight Control Failures
i) Plan a Windshear Event
j) Recovery Procedure From a EGPWS TERRAIN Indication
k) Recover from a Near CFIT Encounter
8) Landings
a) Zero FLap
b) Directional Control and Ground Handling

c) Normal Brake Operation
9) After Landing
a) Taxi / Parking
b) Post flight Checks
c) Parking/Terminating
10) General
a) Judgement
c) Checklist Usage
d) Debriefing
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-17

7. Session #7
1) Preparation
expectations
sessions maneuvers and tasks
a) Review Start Procedures
b) Aircraft Ground Handling / Taxi
c) Takeoff Data / Briefing
d) Review Brake Operation
e) Review of:
• Electrical Faults
• Hydraulic Failures
• Air Conditioning / Pressurization Failures
f) Pretakeoff Checks
3) Takeoff
a) Takeoff checks
c) Rejected Takeoff
d) Engine Failure with takeoff continued (Simulate as close to V1 as practical)
e) Review system Operations from on the Ground to Inflight
f) Review Gear and Flap Operation
g) Review Flight Guidance during Takeoff
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-18

4) Climb
a) With One Engine Inoperative Inflight Takeoff Checks
b) Review Abnormal / Emergency Procedures of:
• Takeoff Alternate Use
• Icing Operations
c) Area Departure (SID)
5) Enroute
a) Maneuvering with One Engine Inoperative
b) CFIT-Controlled Flight into Terrain
c) Review of:
• Steep Turns
• Stalls
• Any Abnormal Procedures
• Any Emergency Procedures
• Specific Flight Characteristics
6) Descent
a) Descent Checks
b) Review of Abnormals as needed:
• Icing
• Electrical
• Fuel
• Engine
7) Approaches
a) Area Arrivals-Radar Vectors
b) Precision approaches of:
• Coupled ILS Approach
• One Engine Inoperative ILS, ILS / DME (Manually Controlled)
c) Non-Precision Approach-NDB, VOR (RMU)
d) No-Flap Approach (visual)
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-19

e) Missed Approaches of:

• From ILS
• From Non-Precision
• Complete Missed Approach Procedure
f) Abnormals / Emergency for:

• Configuration Problems
• Engine Failure / flameout
• Emergency Instrument Approaches
• Flight Control Failure
8) Landings
a) Zero Flap
b) From ILS with Engine failed
c) Rejected Landing (50 ft)
d) Normal Reverse
e) Directional Control / Ground Handling
9) After Landing
a) Taxi / Parking - Give crew a scenario that will cause them to hold on a
taxiway to allow for gate clearance
c) Review as needed:
• APU
• External Power
• Battery Power
10) General
a) Judgement
c) Checklist Usage
d) Non-Flying Pilot Duties
e) Debriefing
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-20

8. Session #8
1) Preparation
expectations
sessions maneuvers / tasks
a) Review Start Procedures
b) Taxi with reduced visibility - Airport selected must be SMGCS configured
c) Takeoff Data / Briefing
d) Review of Abnormals as needed
e) Pretakeoff Checks
3) Takeoff
a) Takeoff Checks
• Engine Failure with Takeoff Continued (simulate as close to V1 as
practical)
• Engine Failure during second segment
• Systems Operations from on the Ground to Inflight
• Gear and Flap Operations
• Flight Guidance during takeoff
4) Climb review as needed:
a) Climb with One Engine Inoperative
c) Any Abnormal / Emergency Procedures of:
• Takeoff alternate use
• Icing Operations
d) Area Departure (SID)
e) Flight Guidance during Departure
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-21

5) Enroute review of:

a) Maneuvering with One Engine Inoperative
b) Steep Turns
c) Stalls
d) Any Abnormal Procedures
e) Any Emergency Procedures
f) Specific Flight Characteristics
6) Descent
a) Review Abnormals as needed:
• Icing
• Electrical
• Fuel
• Engine
7) Approaches - Review as needed:
a) Area Arrivals of:
• STAR's
• Non radar environment
• Radio Vectors
b) Precision Approaches
c) Non-Precision Approach
d) Missed Approaches of:
• From ILS
• From Non-Precision
• With Engine Failures
e) Complete Missed Approach Procedure
f) Abnormals / Emergency for:
• Configuration problems
• Emergency gear extension
• Engine Failures / flameouts
• Engine Failures at low Power settings
• Emergency Instrument Approaches
• Flight Control Failure
• Icing Approach
• Navigation Failure
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-22

8) Landings - Review as needed:

a) From ILS with Engine Inoperative
b) Rejected Landing (50 ft)
c) Zero Flap
d) Normal Reverse
e) Directional Control / Ground Handling
9) After Landing
a) Taxi / Parking
• APU
• External Power
• Battery Power
10) General
a) Judgement
c) Checklist Usage
d) Non-Flying Pilot Duties
e) Debriefing
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-23

B. Additional Simulator Training Sessions

For an initial PIC, when training is accomplished in the simulator without a Company
partner (see Table 3.2.6.3 of 8400.10):
Elements from any of Sessions 1 through 8 would be given as the instructor so
desired. These two total additional sessions would equal 20 training hours as
required.
C. Right Seat Maneuvers as Pilot Flying

1. Low Visibility Takeoff
2. Rejected Takeoff
3. Landing (VFR or IFR)
4. Engine Failure at or above V1

Note: Ideally occurs during session number four, but may take place
during another session. Instructor must complete form PTF145-18
and forward to Training Department along with other forms.
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-24

Section 3 Required Training and Qualifying Information
Volume 7
A. Qualification Flight
Objective: To determine the pilot's ability to accomplish the maneuvers prescribed in
Appendix F of FAR 121 for the type rating or proficiency check.
Qualification events are outlined later in this Section. Please consult it for events par-
ticular to single-segment qualification.
Note: Prior to being designated as PIC, the pilot must complete the Initial
Operating Experience as required in FAR 121.434 and a Line Check
per FAR 121.440.
Note: The Director of Training or his designee will notify the POI, via e-
mail, Fax, or phone of any failed flight/simulator event.
B. Qualification Sequence
1. Ground
a. Satisfactory completion of all ground training
b. Satisfactory completion of the equipment examination, normally an oral, per
requirements of the Airline Transport Pilot and Type Rating Practical Test Stan-
dards.
c. Completion of Pictorial Preflight Program
2. Simulator
a. Satisfactory completion of all training events in the simulator
b. Completion of items in #1 above
c. Competency check
d. LOFT
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-25

Volume 7
C. Table 1 - Single-Segment Flight Test

GROUND OPERATIONS
Preflight Inspection ()
Taxiing ()
Engine Checks ()
TAKEOFFS
Normal ()
Instrument ()
Crosswind ()
With Engine Failure ()
Rejected ()
INSTRUMENT PROCEDURES
Area Departure ( ) * 1, but not both
Area Arrival ( ) * may be waived
Holding ()*
Normal ILS Approach ( ) With F/D
Autopilot Coupled ILS ()
Engine-Out ILS ()
Non-precision Approach ()
Second Non-precision Approach ( ) * If done
Missed Approach from an ILS ()

Engine-Out Missed Approach ()
IN-FLIGHT MANEUVERS
Steep Turns ()*
Approaches to Stalls ( ) *2 may be waived
Engine Failure ()
VISUAL APPROACHES
No-Flap/Partial-Flap Approach ()
LANDINGS
(Landings may be combined - minimum of 3 required)
Normal ()
From an ILS ()
Crosswind ()
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-26

Volume 7
With Engine-Out ()
Rejected ()
Events annotated with * may be waived, if appropriate conditions are met.
NORMAL, ABNORMAL, AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES - SAMPLE
Anti-Icing and De-icing; Hydraulic, Electrical, Pneumatic, and Other Systems Failures;
Gear, Flaps, Control Systems; Navigation and Communications Equipment; Fire in
Flight, Smoke Control; Decompression, Emergency Descent, Emergency Landing,
and Evacuation.
Inspectors should refer to the appropriate section of “Airline Transport Pilot and Type
Rating Practical Test Standards” (FAA-S-8081-5), as amended, for maneuver toler-
ances.
BRIEFINGS
1. Departure point, destination, route, weather
2. Airplane weight and fuel load

3. Role of inspector
4. Use of crewmembers and autopilot (Applicant is in command and must perform

command duties successfully).
5. Review minimums to be used on test
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-27

Section 4 Upgrade Flight Training Program
Volume 7

Objective of Training: Upon completion of this curriculum segment, the pilot will have
satisfied the requirements for the Upgrade Training program and received the recom-
mendation for the checkride.
Upgrade candidates receive four simulator sessions when being trained with or without
a Company pilot.
The Company may exercise the right to reduce the training time under the “train to pro-
ficiency concept”.
The flight training sessions appear below:
A. Session 1
1. Pre Briefing
2. Flight Training Events
a. Preparation
1) Briefing
2) Exterior and Interior Inspection
3) Receiving Flows and Checklist
4) Determination of Operational Conditions/Limitations
b. Surface Operation
1) APU Start
2) Normal Start Procedures
3) Takeoff Data/Briefing
4) Pushback Procedure
5) Aircraft Ground Handling/Taxi with Nosewheel Steering
6) Upon taxi-out, as crews approach takeoff runway, advise them of a change of
runway.
7) Pre Takeoff Checks
c. Takeoff
1) Normal, using each flap setting
2) Rejected
3) RNAV SID’s
d. Normal Climb
e. Enroute
1) Steep turns at low and high altitudes
2) Approaches to Stall
a) Takeoff
b) Enroute
c) Landing
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-28

Volume 7
3) High Altitude Stalls

4) Allowing aircraft to get behind the power curve
5) RVSM Operation
f. Enroute Emergencies/Failures
1) Electrical
2) Engine Failure and Relite
g. Descent
1) RNAV STAR’s
2) High Speed Emergency Descent
h. Approaches
1) ILS Normal
2) VOR
3) Missed Approach from ILS
4) Visual
5) ADF
i. Landings
1) Normal From an ILS, Normal from a VOR Approach
2) Crosswind
3) Normal Reverse
j. After Landing
1) Taxi/Parking
2) Parking Brake Operation
3) Parking/Terminating Checks
k. Systems Procedures During Flight
1) Electrical
2) Power Plant Malfunctions
3) Airborne Weather Radar
4) Flight Instrument/System Malfunction
5) Communications Equipment
6) Navigation Equipment
l. Debriefing
1) Judgement
2) Crew Coordination
3) Use of Checklists
4) Preview of Next Day's Lesson
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-29

Volume 7
B. Session 2
1. Pre Briefing
a. Preparation
1) Briefing
3) Determination of Operational Conditions
b. Surface Operation
1) Review Normal Starts
2) Start Cart and Single Engine Taxi
3) Cross Bleed Start
4) Low Visibility Surface Movement to include the SMGCS program
c. Takeoffs
1) Crosswind
2) Rejected Takeoff
3) Engine Failure After V1, using each flap setting
4) Lower-than-Standard
d. Climb
1) Single-Engine
2) Normal
e. Enroute
1) Area Departure
2) Holding
3) Mountain Flying
f. Enroute Emergencies/Failures
1) Fuel System
2) Pneumatic and Environmental
3) Anti-Ice/De-Ice Systems
4) Flight System
5) Communications Equipment
6) Pneumatic
7) Smoke Control
g. Descent
1) Emergency Descent
2) High Speed/Maximum Rate
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-30

Volume 7
h. Approaches
1) ILS - Manual - With Failed Engine
2) Use one or the other localizer or ADF
3) ADF Normal
4) DME ILS
5) LGA River Visual Runway 13 or Expressway Visual Runway 31
i. Missed Approach
1) DME ILS with Complete Missed Procedure
2) Single-Engine ILS
3) Non-Precision
j. Landings
1) Single-Engine from ILS
2) Rejected
3) Landing from Visual approach LGA River Visual Runway 13 or Expressway
Visual Runway 31
k. After Landing
l. Debriefing
1) Judgement
C. Session 3
1. Pre Briefing
a. Preparation
1) Briefing
3) Determination of Operational Conditions
4) ALAR Considerations
b. Surface Operations
1) APU Fire
2) APU Start
3) On taxi-out, crews are interrupted by a frivolous call from Company Opera-
tions
5) Pre Takeoff Checks
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-31
Volume 7
c. Takeoff
1) Crosswind
2) Lower- than-Standard (600 RVR)
d. Climb
1) Normal
2) Horizontal Pitch Trim Runaway
a) Up Mode
b) Down Mode
e. Enroute Emergencies/Failures
1) Flight Control/Trim Runaways and Control Jams
2) Landing Gear
3) Flaps
4) Auto Pilot
f. Approaches
1) Zero Flap/Visual Change
2) DCA River Visual Runway 19
3) Windshear
4) Localizer Back Course
5) Recovery from a near CFIT encounter
g. Missed Approach
1) Single-Engine From Non-Precision
2) Complete Missed Procedure
h. Landings
1) Zero Flap
2) Rejected at 50 Feet AGL
3) DCA River Visual Runway 19
4) With Pitch Mistrim
i. After Landing
1) Taxi/Parking
j. General
1) Judgement
4) Debriefing
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-32

Volume 7
D. Session 4
1. Pre Briefing
a. Pre-Brief
b. Pilot Incapacitated
c. Aircraft Fires in General
a. Surface Operations
1) Quick Start
2) Position on End of Runway
b. Takeoff
1) Crosswind
2) Engine Fire, with Failure after V1
3) Lower-Than-Standard
c. Climb
1) Single-Engine
d. Enroute Emergencies/Failures
1) Cargo Fire
2) Pilot Incapacitation
e. Approaches
1) ILS/PRM - Climb or Descend Breakout Maneuver - Other Crewmember
Completes Opposite Maneuver
2) ILS Raw Data
f. Landings
1) From A Single Engine ILS
g. After Landing
1) Emergency Evacuation
h. General
1) Judgement
3) Debriefing
4) Comments Concerning Upcoming Checkride
Time remaining in this session will also serve as a review of events as
required.
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-33

Volume 7
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 3-34

Bulletin: FTM145-08-04 Date: 15 SEP 2008
Subject: Recurrent Flight Training
Effective Date: 15 SEP 2008
Highlights- This bulletin marks a major training transition for our Company in that we recognize the value in
alternating checking events with training events throughout our pilot’s career.
Placement- This bulletin is issued in two parts. This is Part One. Insert this part in Chapter 3, after page 3-34.
Instructions- This part adds a new Section 5, to Chapter 3, Page 3-34.
Section 5 Recurrent Flight Training Program

Objective of Training:
This training program will allow each crewmember to alternate their traditional Proficiency Check
with flight training or LOFT sessions at the appointed times, thereby affording them opportunities
to hone their flying skills and line flying techniques in a simulator environment under the watchful
eye of a Company Check Airman.
Training Flow
Captains will complete a Proficiency Check once every 12 months and alternate simulator flight
training or a LOFT session for the six-month ride between the Proficiency Check.
First Officers will complete a Proficiency Check once every 24 months and alternate simulator flight
training or a LOFT session for the 12-month ride between the Proficiency Check.
Simulator Flight Training will cover FAR 121 Appendix F items and any new items that might need
attention. The training program will make sure that all maneuvers are accomplished to published
standards.
This training may be accomplished at any city and in any order that flows for the check airmen. This
is a training session so repositioning the simulator to accomplish the required training events is
permissible and encouraged to maximize the simulator time.
Simulator Recurrent Training Session

A. Pre Briefing
1. Taxi operations and RNAV SID take-off
2. Cover high altitude air work
a) Stall and recovery
b) Emergency descent
3. Cover RNAV approaches and any questions from the RNAV Approach Internet Training
Program
4. Emergency gear extension
FTM145 Page 1 of 4
5. Smoke in cockpit
6. Cover windshear as in POH Chapter Seven
7. Cover any new items that may occur
8. If simulator time permits, ask each student if there are any events or maneuvers they
wish to complete
B. Simulator Training Events
1. Taxi with runway incursion events *
2. Take-offs
a) RNAV SID
b) 600 RVR with high speed engine failure just before V1
3. High altitude (above FL350)
a) Demonstrate difference of stall and recovery at high altitude
b) Emergency descent
4. Train RNAV approaches
a) Cover both complete and vectored approaches
b) Test an RNAV approach
5. Windshear event
a) On take-off or landing
b) Use moderate intensity
6. Smoke in cockpit *
7. Emergency gear extension *
8. Cover any new items that may occur
9. Practice (time permitting) any reasonable item the student requests
NOTE: * Indicates the three items that need to be accomplished only once in a training session and are
credited to each paired pilot.
C. Recurrent LOFT is in development
Page 2 of 4 FTM145
Emb-145 Training Manual
Section
Volume 7
Chapter 4
Instructors and Check Airmen
Training
Section 1 Chapter Applicability Page 2

Section 2 Objectives/Goals Page 2
Section 3 Completion Standards Page 3
Section 4 Prerequisites Page 4
Section 5 Ground Training Outline Page 8
Section 6 Simulator Operator Training Page 10
Section 7 Instructor/Prof Check Airman Observation Page 11
Section 8 Instructor/Prof Check Airman Practice Page 11
Section 9 OE/Line Check Airman Simulator Training Page 12
Section 10 OE/Line Check Airman Observation Flights Page 13
Section 11 OE/Line Check Airman Qualification Flights Page 14
Section 12 Audit/Paper Trail Page 15
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 4-1

Section 1 Chapter Applicability
Volume 7
Section 1 Chapter Applicability

This chapter contains the ground and flight/simulator training, as applicable, in order
to qualify as a Company:
A. Ground Instructor
B. Simulator Instructor
C. Simulator Proficiency Check Airman
D. OE/Line Check Airman
Section 2 Objectives/Goals
Objective
The objective of this chapter is to outline the training necessary to bring the Instructor/
Check Airman candidate to a level of proficiency required by his/her duty position in
accordance with this manual and FAR 121.411, 121.412, 121.413, 121.414, 121.440,
121.441, and 121.434.
A. Ground Training Goals:

The Ground Training modules are designed to acquaint the candidate with the addi-
tional responsibilities imposed on Ground Instructors, Simulator Instructors and Check
Airmen. For each instructor and check airman, emphasis is placed on the critical role
that training and checking personnel play in establishing and maintaining a standard
of professionalism in daily flight operations.
B. Simulator Instructor and Proficiency Check Airman Training

Goals:
The Simulator Instructor and proficiency check airmen modules are designed to
acquaint the candidates with the additional responsibilities imposed on simulator
instructors and check airmen. Emphasis will be placed on the safety measures taken
from each seat in the event an emergency situation presents itself during a training
event. Additional emphasis will be placed on the potential results of improper or
untimely corrective actions. The instructor and check airman must be able to effectively
critique the performance of the other crewmember.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 4-2

Section 3 Completion Standards
Volume 7
C. OE/Line Check Airman Goals:

The OE/Line Check Airman modules are designed to acquaint the candidate with the
monitoring abilities he/she requires while giving observation flights and line checks.
The check airman will perform the duties from both seats as outlined in the POH. While
performing these duties, he/she will demonstrate that he/she can effectively monitor
the other pilot's performance and be able to assume command of the aircraft before
safe control is compromised. He/she must be able to effectively critique the perfor-
mance of the other crewmember.
Section 3 Completion Standards

The completion standards have been met when:
The Ground Instructor has observed the appropriate portions of the ground curriculum,
has team taught the curriculum events and is ready and authorized to commence
teaching solo as indicated on his/her training record.
The Simulator Instructor has received appropriate ground and flight instruction and has
demonstrated his/her abilities to safely and proficiently instruct others and has been
given the authorization to do so by the Company.
C. Proficiency Check Airman

The Proficiency Check Airman has received appropriate ground and flight instruction
and has demonstrated his/her ability to administer the appropriate proficiency and or
competency check before both the Company and the Administrator and the proper let-
ter has been granted.
D. OE/Line Check Airman

The Line Check/OE Check Airmen has received the appropriate training from both
seats and has demonstrated his/her abilities to conduct Line Checks and Operating
Experience before the Company and the Administrator and the proper letter has been
granted.
Note: Check airman who have reached their 60th birthday or who do not
hold the appropriate medical certificate may function as check
airmen, but may not serve as pilot Flight Crewmembers under part
121.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 4-3

Section 4 Prerequisites/Qualifications
Volume 7
Are those Company individuals who will be trained and authorized by Chautauqua Air-
lines to conduct any and all parts of the Ground Training Program as required by the
approved training manual and all applicable FAR's.
1. The instructor candidate must have at least an ATP, CFI, or Basic Instructors
License, otherwise the candidate must be taught the Fundamentals of Instruction.
2. The instructor candidate should have an aviation related background e.g., pilot,
dispatcher, flight attendant, mechanic, or air traffic control.
3. The instructor candidate must complete the course of instruction he/she wishes to
teach.
4. The instructor candidate must become familiar with the lesson plans, visual aids
and assorted reference materials that are to be use in the particular course they are
to teach.
5. The instructor candidate must remain well versed in their area of expertise by
reviewing posted memos and bulletins and maintaining their assigned manuals and
publications in the most current condition.
6. The instructor candidate must demonstrate through practice teaching sessions, in

front of other qualified instructors or an actual class of students, that he/she is
knowledgeable of the subject matter, can deliver the lesson elements in a
professional and student friendly manner, can develop and maintain student
rapport, and can evaluate the results of his/her teaching efforts. The above practice
session(s) are to be observed by an instructor that has taught the subject matter.
After the instructor candidate has been observed teaching said elements, the
qualified instructor will brief any areas of concern and clear the candidate to teach
those portions of the course.
Are those Company individuals who have been trained and authorized by Chautauqua
Airlines to conduct all phases of simulator instruction as required by the approved train-
ing manual and all applicable FAR's. They may not conduct instruction in the airplane.
Each simulator instructor qualified under this training program is also authorized to
conduct ground training subjects and events specific to the aircraft and operating pro-
cedures. Additional ground subjects or events may be authorized provided that instruc-
tor has received appropriate training and has remained current in those areas.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 4-4

Volume 7
To qualify and maintain authorization to conduct simulator training in a simulator device

the instructor must:
1. Hold an Airman Certificate with the appropriate ratings to serve as PIC on the
specific aircraft.
2. Satisfactory complete the appropriate training events for the specific aircraft to
include recurrent and any applicable differences training.
3. Satisfactory complete the proficiency or competency check required to serve as PIC

under FAR Part 121.
4. Has satisfactorily completed the applicable training requirements of 121.414
including In-flight training and practice for Initial training.
5. Prior to conducting any training, in the simulator device, the instructor must have
completed at least two segments as a required crewmember on a revenue flight
within the previous six calendar months.
6. Exceptions:
a. If the instructor does not hold the required line qualification to act as a required
crewmember on revenue flights, then that instructor is required to complete,
within the previous six calendar months, at least two LOFT scenarios in the simu-
lator device occupying a crew position,
b. or observe a minimum of two line operations flights from the observers seat of
the aircraft.
7. Complete Recurrent Simulator Operator training each 12 calendar months.

Chautauqua Airlines utilizes instructors from Flight Safety International that are
trained and approved under their Part 142 certificate and our approved training
program.
C. Simulator Proficiency Check Airman (121.441)

Are those Company individuals who have been trained by Chautauqua Airlines and
who are authorized by the Administrator to conduct proficiency checks in the approved
simulator device as outlined and required by FAR 121.441 and Appendix F. Proficiency
Check Airmen who are qualified under this program are considered to also be qualified
to conduct simulator, and ground instruction as long as they remain current.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 4-5

Volume 7
To qualify and maintain authorization to conducted FAR Part 121.441 proficiency

checks, all Proficiency Check Airmen:
1. Must hold an Airman Certificate with the appropriate ratings to serve as PIC on the
specific aircraft for which checks are authorized.
2. Must have satisfactorily completed the appropriate training events for the specific
aircraft to include recurrent and differences training.
3. Must have satisfactorily completed the proficiency check required to serve as PIC
under FAR Part 121.
including in-flight training and practice for Initial and Transition training.
5. Proficiency Check Airmen that have reached their 60th birthday may conduct
checks in a simulator device.
6. Proficiency Check Airmen who do not hold the required line qualification, for
example (medical or age 60), to act as a required crewmember in an aircraft on a
revenue flight, must for initial grant of checking authority:
a. Complete at least one LOFT scenario in a simulator device acting as a required
crewmember under the supervision of a qualified Chautauqua check airman or
simulator instructor, or
b. Observe at least three revenue flights from the observer's seat.
7. Must receive authorization to conduct checks from the Administrator. A letter of

authorization from the Principal Operation Inspector will be issued to Chautauqua
Airlines for each Proficiency Check Airman who is authorized to conduct such
checks. A proficiency check may not be conducted in a simulator device unless
specific authorizations for that check and for that check airman is listed on the letter
of approval.
8. Once granted checking authority must fly at least two flight segments as a required
crewmember in the EMB-145 within six months prior to performing simulator check
airman duties or observe two revenue flights from the observer’s seat.
9. Once granted checking authority, must within each 24 calendar month period,
conduct at least one proficiency check under the observation of an FAA inspector
or an approved Chautauqua Airlines Aircrew Program Designee.
10. Complete Recurrent Simulator Operator training each 12 calendar months.

Note: A medical is not required to conduct checks in a simulator device.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 4-6

Volume 7
D. OE/Line Check Airman, 121.440 and 121.434

OE/Line Check Airmen are those Company individuals that are trained by Chautauqua
Airlines and are authorized by the Administrator to conduct FAR Part 121.440 line
checks or 121.434 operating experience.
To qualify and maintain authorization to conduct operating experience/line checks
each airman:
1. Must hold an Airman Certificate with the appropriate ratings to serve as PIC in the
specific aircraft for which checks are authorized.
2. Must have satisfactorily completed the appropriate training events for the specific
aircraft to include recurrent and differences training.
3. Must have satisfactorily completed a proficiency check required to serve as PIC
under FAR Part 121.
including in-flight training and practice for Initial and Transition training.
5. Age 60 airmen and all others must hold at least a valid third class medical for checks
conducted from the observer's seat of an aircraft. A valid First Class medical is
required for checks conducted while acting as PIC in an aircraft.
6. For checks conducted in an aircraft from a required crewmember position, must
satisfy the recency of experience requirements of FAR 121.439 (three takeoffs and
landings in previous 90 days).
7. Must observe a qualified OE/Line Check Airman in the performance of his/her
duties during a minimum of three complete revenue flights. Whenever possible an
observation flight will include a line check.
8. Must operate under the supervision of a qualified Line/OE Check Airman as the pilot
flying and the pilot monitoring from each seat during revenue flights. One leg as pilot
flying and one leg as pilot monitoring from each seat is required. These flights will
be known as Check Airman Qualification Flights.
9. Must complete Initial and Annual right seat training in the simulator. This training is
independent of the right seat qualification training that was given when the Captain
trained under the Company’s Initial Equipment Training Program. Form PTF145-26
is used to document this specific training session.
10. Must be observed by the Administrator and granted authorization to conduct
checks. A letter of authorization from the Principal Operation Inspector will be
issued to Chautauqua Airlines for each OE/Line Check Airman who is authorized to
conduct such operating experience or line check flights.
11. Once granted checking authority, within each 24 calendar month period, conduct at
least one line check or operating experience segment under the observation of an
FAA inspector or an approve Chautauqua Airlines Air Crew Program Designee.
12. May conduct line checks from the observer's seat.
REV. 15, 1 MAY 2006 4-7

Section 5 Ground Training Outline
Volume 7
Note: The flight segments, line observation program , and FAA observation
mentioned previously are considered to be completed in the month
required if completed in the calendar month before or in the calendar
month after the month in which it is due.

A. Fundamentals of Instruction Classroom Training
Previous documented instructor experience/license 1.0 Hour
No documented instructor experience/license 2.0 Hours
1. The Learning Process

a. Learning theory
b. Definition of learning
c. Characteristics of learning
d. Principles of learning
e. Levels of learning
f. Learning physical skills
g. Memory
h. Transfer of learning
2. Human Behavior
a. Control of human behavior
b. Human needs
c. Defense mechanisms
d. The instructor as a practical psychologist
3. Effective Communication
a. Basic elements
b. Barriers to effective communication
c. Developing communication skills
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 4-8

Volume 7
4. The Teaching Process

a. Preparation
b. Presentation
c. Application
d. Review and evaluation
B. Simulator Instructor Classroom Training

Initial 2.0 Hours
1. Duties and responsibilities of position
2. Applicable FAR's and Company procedures
3. Methods, procedures, and techniques for conducting the required training and/or
checking.
4. Proper evaluation of pilot performance including the detection of:

a. Improper and insufficient training
b. Characteristics that could affect safety
5. Appropriate corrective action in case of an unsatisfactory training event or check.

6. Approved methods, procedures, and limitations for performing the required normal,
abnormal, and emergency procedures in the simulator or airplane as outlined in the
GOM and POH.
7. Psychology of terrorists
8. Completion and routing of all required forms.
C. OE/Line Check Airman Classroom Training

Initial 4.0 Hours
1. Explanation of duties, functions and responsibilities

2. Applicable FAR’s Company policies, and procedures
3. Methods, procedures, briefings, and techniques for conducting the required checks.
4. Proper evaluation of pilot performance including the detection of:

a. Improper and insufficient training
b. Characteristics that could affect safety
5. Appropriate corrective action in case of an unsatisfactory performance by the

student.
REV. 15, 1 MAY 2006 4-9

Volume 7
6. Approved methods, procedures, and limitations for performing normal, abnormal,

and emergency procedures in the airplane as outlined in the GOM and POH.
7. Psychology of terrorists
8. Completion and routing of all required forms.
9. Airplane and simulator training/observation events

10. General information
a. OE communication process
b. Documentation for pay purposes
c. Manuals
D. Proficiency Check Airman Classroom Training

Initial 2.0 Hours
Note: This curriculum must be preceded, at some point in time, by all the
events in item C above.
1. Explanation of Duties and Responsibilities
2. Documentation Audit
3. Oral Exam
4. Checkride
5. Forms
6. Unsatisfactory Rides
E. Proficiency Check Airman Training for FlightSafety Personnel

Initial 6.0 Hours
1. Section 5, item D. (above) - Proficiency Check Airman Classroom Training.
However, none of the items that are referenced by the bold note are required.
2. Section 7 - Instructor/Proficiency Check Airman Observation
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 4-10

Section 6 Simulator Operator Training
Volume 7
Section 6 Simulator Operator Training

Initial and Recurrent 4.0 Hours
This training is given to all simulator instructors and proficiency check airmen.
This training may be given during a dedicated training session or it may be given when
Company crews are actually completing simulator training sessions.
A. Simulator Familiarization
1. Simulator scheduling and maintenance
2. Simulator safety and emergency procedures
3. Simulator control and operation
4. Airport selection
5. Aircraft repositioning
B. Simulator Operation
1. Initial setup
2. Maneuvers
3. Systems and navigation, malfunctions, and resets
4. Weather
Section 7 Instructor/Proficiency Check Airman Observation

Initial 4.0 Hours
The instructor or proficiency check airman candidate will observe a proficiency check
airman conducting an oral and simulator proficiency check. The oral & proficiency
check may be an actual or simulated check using qualified crewmembers. This obser-
vation event is the final phase for the simulator instructor. He/she will be granted a
Company letter upon completion.
A. Oral phase
B. Proficiency check phase
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 4-11

Section 8 Proficiency Check Airman Practice
Volume 7
Section 8 Proficiency Check Airman Practice

Initial 4.0 Hours
The proficiency check candidate will conduct an oral and proficiency check under the
supervision of a check airman. Upon the candidate's successful completion of this
practical demonstration, he/she will be recommended for their FAA observation.
A. Oral phase
B. Proficiency check phase
Section 9 OE/Line Check Airman Simulator Training

Initial 2.0 Hours
The OE/Line Check Airman will receive the simulator training as outlined below. He/
she will perform the duties of the right seat pilot as outlined in the POH. While perform-
ing these duties, the candidate will demonstrate that he/she can effectively monitor the
other pilot's performance and be able to assume command of the aircraft before safe
control is compromised. He/she must be able to effectively critique the performance of
the other crewmember.
The intent is for the check airman to be an evaluator that can immediately see a non-
standard or threatening situation and respond accordingly. The instructor may direct
the candidate to perform a particular maneuver but, the real value of the training
becomes apparent in the candidate's ability to act decisively at a moment's notice.
A. Takeoffs
1. 600 RVR
2. Normal Take-off
3. Aborted takeoff below V1

4. Engine failure above V1, malfunction such as engine fail, fire, etc.
5. Critique of candidate's performance
B. Approaches
1. Non-precision approaches
2. ILS coupled and non-coupled
3. Missed approaches
4. Rejected landings
5. Other approaches with and without malfunctions
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 4-12

Section 10 OE/Line Check Airman Observation and
Volume 7 Qualification Flights
C. Landings
1. Normal
2. Crosswind
3. With malfunctions
a. Zero-flap
b. Engine failure
c. Trim failure
Section 10 OE/Line Check Airman Observation and Qualification

Flights
A. Observation Flights - Complete Form PTF145-20
The purpose of these observation flights are to shadow the Check Airman as he/she
performs their normal duties while administering operating experience flights or per-
forming a line check.
The candidate will observe three revenue flights and during that process he/she will
focus on the following:
1. Check-in procedures
2. Crew and Dispatch Briefings

3. Review of manuals for currency
4. Adherence to the SOP's
5. Weight and balance computation

6. Logbook scrutiny and entries
7. Fuel management
8. Weather knowledge
9. Checklist usage
10. Crew coordination
11. Judgement/decision making
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 4-13

Section 11 Audit/Paper Trail
Volume 7
B. Qualification Flights - Complete Form PTF145-25

The purpose of these four qualification flights are for the check airman candidate to
experience the flights through the eyes of a check airmen. Since a check airman eval-
uates from both seats as pilot monitoring and pilot flying, these flights will better pre-
pare the candidate for normal and abnormal operations. The check airman candidate
will perform an evaluation on the actual check airman as if a real OE and line check is
being given. Forms PTF 145-11, 11A, 12 and 13B must be used to evaluate/document
these practice sessions.
The actual check airman must give positive feedback with any specific recommenda-
tions to the candidate, in order for the qualification flights to prepare the candidate for
real line evaluation success.

This section specifies the training and checking events for each candidate. Also it out-
lines the forms to be completed and their routing to the Training Department.
A. Documentation
Paperwork/forms/E-mail must be submitted to the Training Department detailing the
date, time, location, and participants of the training and checking sessions. Appropriate
entries will be made in the records keeping system. In all cases, instructors and check
airmen must have on file the appropriate documentation either in electronic or hard
copy format showing where he/she is qualified to instruct or check.
B. Forms to be completed per candidate:
1. For audit purposes the total events and related forms required for Ground Instructor
are as follows:
a. Attendance Sheet PTF145-01
b. Basic Indoctrination PTF145-02
c. Hazardous Materials PTF145-03
d. Crew Resource Management PTF145-04
e. Emergency Situation PTF145-05
f. Hands-on Drill PTF145-07
g. Static Preflight PTF145-16
h. Recurrent Ground PTF145-19
If the instructor is assigned to teach the aircraft systems lessons he/she will also
have the following events/forms on file:
i. Systems Ground PTF145-06
j. Systems Integration PTF145-06A
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 4-14

Volume 7
2. For audit purposes the total events and related forms for a Simulator Instructor
are as follows:
a. Instructor Ground Training PTF145-15
b. Simulator Operator Training PTF145-14
c. LOFT, 2 if not line qualified PTF145-17or
d. Instr/Check Airman Line Observation PTF145-20
e. Instr/Prof Check Simulator Observation PTF145-22
f. Company issued letter
g. Each 6 months the instructor must perform as a required pilot on two revenue
flights or observe two revenue flights from the jumpseat. The following form is
used:
Instr/Check Airman Line Observation PTF145-20
h. Each 12 months from the Initial simulator operator training event the
instructor is required to complete.
Recurrent Simulator Operator Training PTF145-14
3. For audit purposes the total events and related forms for a Simulator Proficiency
Check Airman are as follows:
a. Check Airman Ground Training PTF145-15
b. Simulator Operator Training PTF145-14
c. LOFT, 1 if not line qualified PTF145-17or
d. Instr/Check Airman Line Observation PTF145-20
e. Instr/Prof Check Simulator Observation PTF145-22
f. Simulator Prof Check Airman Practice PTF145-23
g. FAA letter of Authorization
h. Each 12 months from the Initial Simulator operator training event the instructor
is required to complete:
Recurrent Simulator Operator Training PTF145-14
i. Each 6 months the simulator proficiency check airman must perform as a
required pilot on two revenue flight or observe two revenue flight from the
jumpseat. The following form is used:
Instr/Check Airman Line Observation PTF145-20
j. Each 24 months from the grant of the FAA letter, the check airman must be
observed by the FAA, giving a proficiency check.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 4-15

Section 12 Contract Instructor Qualifications
Volume 7
4. For audit purposes the total events and related forms for an OE/Line
Check Airman are as follows:
a. Check Airman Ground Training PTF145-15
b. OE/Line Check Airman Simulator Trng PTF145-24
c. Instr/Check Airman Line Observation PTF145-20
d. OE/Line Check Airman Qualification Flt PTF145-25
e. OE/Line Check Airman Rt Seat Training PTF145-26
f. FAA letter of Authorization
g. Each calendar year the check airman must complete right seat qualification.
OE/Line Check Airman Rt Seat Training PTF145-26
h. Each 24 months from the grant of the FAA letter the check airman must be
observed, by the FAA, giving a line check or OE flight.
i. Recurrent Check Airman Observation PTF145-11 or 12
Section 12 Contract Instructor Qualifications

Contract personnel are trained and qualified under the provisions of their Part 142 Cer-
tificate.
To become and remain qualified to teach for our Company they must remain current
with that Part 142 certificate and in addition;
• Simulator instructors must observe two Chautauqua flights from the jumpseat each
12 months in the airplane type they wish to instruct.
• Ground Instructors must observe one flight from the jumpseat each 12 months in
the aircraft type they wish to instruct. Exception: Indoctrination Instructors may
observe the flight from any Chautauqua aircraft type.
• The line-observation program required above is considered completed in the month
required if completed in the calendar month before, or the calendar month after the
month in which it is due.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 4-16

Chapter 5 Flight Training and Checking Acceptable
Performance Guidelines
Volume 7 Section
Chapter 5
Flight Training and Checking
Acceptable Performance Guidelines
See these applicable POH chapters for text and/or profile infor-
mation:
Chapter 3 - Normal Checklists
Chapter 4 - Normal Procedures
Chapter 5 - Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Chapter 6 - Abnormal Procedures
Chapter 8 - Training Maneuvers
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 5-1

Chapter 5 Flight Training and Checking Acceptable
Performance Guidelines
Volume 7 Section
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 5-2

Chapter 6 Forms
Section 1 Introduction
Volume 7
Chapter 6
Forms
This chapter contains all the forms you would use to document training. All forms are FAA-
approved and revised as necessary. The use of the various forms and their corresponding
training/checking categories can be found in the next section of this chapter.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-1

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
A. Training Attendance - PTF145-01

Date_________________________
SUBJECTS INSTRUCTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Students
PRINTED NAME EMPLOYEE # SIGNATURE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-2

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
B. Basic Indoctrination - PTF145-02

The students below have completed Initial Basic Indoctrination, which includes the following
modules.
Operator Specific Pilot Specific

Duties and Responsibilities Flight Control
Appropriate Provisions of the FARs Weight and Balance
Contents of Certificate & Operations Specifications Aircraft Performance and Airport Analysis
Meteorology
Navigation
Airspace and ATC Procedures
Enroute/Terminal Charts/Flight Planning
Concepts of Instrument Procedures
De-Icing and Anti-icing
Students
Employee# Employee Name
Course Completion Date_________________________________

Instructor (Print)___________________________________________________________
Instructor (Signature)_______________________________________________________
Notes:___________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
CHAUTAUQUA OFFICE USE ONLY
CrewQual
Initials_______Date__________
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-3

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
C. Hazardous Materials - PTF145-03

INITIAL
The students below have completed Hazardous Materials training, which includes the
following modules.
General
Recognition
Reporting Incidents
Authorized Exceptions
Reducing Exposure to Potential Anthrax Hazards
Students

Instructor (Print)___________________________________________________________
Notes:___________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
CrewQual
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-4

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
D. Crew Resource Management - PTF145-04
The students below have completed Crew Resource Management Training.
Students

Instructor (Print)____________________________________________________________
Instructor (Signature)________________________________________________________
Notes:____________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________

CrewQual
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-5

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
E. Emergency Situation - PTF145-05

INITIAL
The students below have completed Emergency Situation Training, which includes the follow-
ing modules:
Flight Crewmember Duties and Responsibilities Ditching
Crew Coordination & Company Communication Ditching Equipment
Airplane Fires Rapid Decompression
Portable Breathing Equipment Previous Airplane Accidents/Incidents
First Aid Equipment Crewmember Incapacitation
Enhanced Emergency Medical Kit Basic Survival
Illness, Injury and Basic First Aid Hijacking
Ground Evacuation Airplane Security
Hand Held Fire Extinguisher
Students

Instructor (Print)____________________________________________________________
Instructor (Signature)________________________________________________________
Notes:____________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
CrewQual
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-6

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
F. Systems Ground Training - PTF145-06

The students below have completed Systems Ground Training, which includes the following modules.
General Operational Subjects Systems
Introduction to Jet Propulsion Aircraft General Ice and Rain Protection
Turbojet Aerodynamics EICAS Hydraulics
High Altitude Physiology Master Warning Landing Gear & Brakes
High Altitude Weather Electrical Flight Controls
Adverse Weather Practices Lighting Communication
Operational Control/Flight Planning Fuel Oxygen
Weight and Balance Auxiliary Power Unit Differences
Communication and Navigation Eq. Operations Powerplant Flight Instruments
Performance Navigation Auto Flight
The Approved POH and AOM Fire Protection
Lower than Standard Takeoff Minimums Pneumatics
Windshear Training Air Conditioning
Pressurization
Students
Employee # Employee Name

Instructor (Print)_________________________________________Todays Date________
Instructor(Signature)________________________________________________________
Notes:___________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Crew Qual
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-7

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
G. Systems Integration Training - PTF145-06A

The students below have completed Systems Integrating Training, which includes the
following modules.
Cockpit Familiarization
Use of checklists
Normal Operating Procedures
Profiles
Abnormal Procedures
Emergency Procedures
Emergency Training and Emergency Evacuation
Students
CPT #1 Date______________ Instructor Printed Name_______________________________

Instructor Signature__________________________________


Crew Qual
Initials_______Date_________
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-8

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
H. Hands-On Exits/Drills - PTF145-07

Note: This form is to be used only to document the actual hands-on
instruction given at the airplane.
Note: Caution/Reminder: Maintenance must be informed verbally and a
logbook entry made to show the exits have been removed.
EMERGENCY DRILL - EMD EMERGENCY EXITS - EXIT
PLUG DOOR - PDOOR AIRSTAIR DOOR - ADOOR
The students below have completed Emergency Drill and/or Exits Training, which
includes their knowledge of the exact location and their hands-on simulated operation
as practicality allows.
Crash Axe Ditching Equipment
Portable Oxygen Systems Portable Breathing Equipment
Fixed Oxygen Systems Handheld Fire Extinguishers
First Aid and Medical Kits Operation of each door and window exit type
Students
Exits/Drill Completion Date__________________________________

Plug Door Training Date____________________________________
Airstair Door Training Date__________________________________
Instructor (Print)_____________________________Signature_______________________
Note: Caution/Reminder: Maintenance must be informed verbally and a
logbook entry made to show the exits have been removed.
Crew Qual
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-9

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
I. Classroom Training - PTF145-07A

Note: This form is to be used to document the classroom training only. If
you plan on going to the airplane to do hands-on training, do not
complete this form.
EMERGENCY DRILL - CEMD
EMERGENCY EXITS - CEXIT
PLUG DOOR - CPDOOR
AIRSTAIR DOOR - CADOOR
The students below have completed Emergency Drill and/or Exits Training, which includes
their knowledge of the exact location and their hands-on simulated operation as practicality
allows.
Crash Axe Ditching Equipment
Portable Oxygen Systems Portable Breathing Equipment
Fixed Oxygen Systems Handheld Fire Extinguishers
First Aid and Medical Kits Operation of each Exit
Students
Drill Completion Date________________Exits Completion Date______________________

Plug Door Training Date_____________ Airstair Door Training Date__________________
Instructor (Print)_________________________________________Todays Date________
Notes:___________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Crew Qual
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-10

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
J. Refresher Training - PTF145-08

EMPLOYEE NAME ____________________________________ EMPLOYEE # _____________
Check all boxes that apply
GENERAL OPERATIONAL SUBJECTS

Introduction to Jet Propulsion SYSTEMS
Turbojet Aerodynamics Aircraft General
High Altitude Physiology EICAS
High Altitude Weather Electrical
Adverse Weather Practices Lighting
Operational Control / Flight Planning Fuel
Weight and Balance Auxiliary Power Unit
Communication and Navigation Equipment Operations Powerplant
Performance Communication
The Approved POH and AOM Fire Protection
Lower Than Standard Takeoff Minimums Pneumatics
Windshear Training Air Conditioning
Pressurization
Ice and Rain Protection
SYSTEMS INTEGRATION Hydraulics
Cockpit Familiarization Landing Gear and Brakes
Use of Checklists Flight Instruments
Normal Operating Procedures Flight Controls
Profiles Autoflight
Abnormal Procedures Oxygen
Emergency Procedures Differences
Emergency Training and Emergency Evacuation Navigation
OTHER
EXPLAIN__________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
COURSE COMPLETION DATE _______________ ____ HOURS________________________
INSTRUCTOR (Print) ___________________________________Today’s Date_____________
INSTRUCTOR (Signature)__________________________________________

Crew Qual
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-11

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
K. Additional Training - PTF145-09

NOTE: This form is not to be used for Simulator or Flight Training
Employee Name______________________________Employee#_______________
Reason for Additional Training___________________________________________
General Subjects
Duties and Responsibilities Meteorology
Federal Aviation Regulations Navigation
Certificate & Operations Specifications Airspace and ATC Procedures
Flight Control Charting and Flight Planning
Weight and Balance Aircraft Performance / Airport Analysis
Instrument Procedures De-icing and Anti-icing
Ground Training
General Operational Subjects Systems
Introduction to Jet Propulsion Aircraft General Autoflight
Turbojet Aerodynamics Navigation Flight Instruments
High Altitude Physiology Electrical Oxygen
High Altitude weather Lighting Differences
Adverse Weather Practices Fuel Differences
Operational Control/Flight Planning Auxiliary Power Unit
Weight and Balance Power Plant
Communication and Navigation Communication Systems Integration
Equipment Operations Fire Protection Cockpit Familiarization
Performance Pneumatics Use of Checklists
The Approved AFM and AOM Air Conditioning Normal Operating Procedures
Lower than Standard Takeoff Minimums Pressurization Profiles
Windshear Training Ice and Rain Protection Abnormal Procedures
Hydraulics Emergency Procedures
Landing Gear and Brakes Emergency Training and
Flight Controls Emergency Evacuation
Course Completion Date________________________Hours____________________

Instructor (Print)_______________________________________________________
Instructor (Signature)___________________________________________________
Crew Qual
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-12

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
L. Airman Proficiency Check 121.441 - PTF145-10
INITIAL UPGRADE RECURR REQUAL
Employee Number Name of Airman (Last, First, Middle Initial) Position
( ) CAPT ( ) F/0
Comm / ATP Certificate # Medical Date Verify First Class
Yes___ No___
Acft # Checking Block Time
Name of Check Airman Signature Sim # Event Location Date (hrs, min)
1.
2.
3.
FLIGHT MANEUVERS LEGEND S-SATISFACTORY U-UNSATISFACTORY W-WAIVED NA-NOT APPLICABLE
Oral S or U (Circle One) Pictorial Preflight S or U (Circle One)
PREFLIGHT LANDINGS AND APPROACH TO LANDINGS
PC RTN RTST PC RTN RTST
__ ___ ____ Preflight Inspection __ ___ ____ Normal & Crosswind
__ ___ ____ Engine Start __ ___ ____ From ILS Approach
__ ___ ____ Taxiing __ ___ ____ With Engine Failure
__ ___ ____ Pretakeoff Checks __ ___ ____ From Circling Approach
__ ___ ____ Rejected
TAKEOFF AND DEPARTURE PHASE __ ___ ____ Zero Flap
__ ___ ____ Normal and Crosswind
__ ___ ____ Instrument (RVR)__________ NORMAL & ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
__ ___ ____ Engine Failure __ ___ ____ Normal
__ ___ ____ Rejected __ ___ ____ Abnormal
__ ___ ____ Departure Procedures
IN-FLIGHT MANEUVERS EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
__ ___ ____ Steep Turns __ ___ ____ Emergency Procedures
__ ___ ____ Approach to Stall T/O
__ ___ ____ Approach to Stall Clean POSTFLIGHT PROCEDURES
__ ___ ____ Approach to Stall Landing __ ___ ____ After Landing Procedures
__ ___ ____ Engine Failure __ ___ ____ Parking and Securing
INSTRUMENT PROCEDURES GENERAL
__ ___ ____ Arrival Procedures __ ___ ____ Judgement
__ ___ ____ Holding __ ___ ____ Crew Coordination
__ ___ ____ ILS Approach __ ___ ____ Use of Autopilot
__ ___ ____ ILS Single Engine Approach __ ___ ____ Comm/Nav Procedures
__ ___ ____ Non-Precision Approach
__ ___ ____ Non-Precision Approach
__ ___ ____ Circling Approach
__ ___ ____ Missed Approach
__ ___ ____ Second Missed Approach
Result (1) Approved (2) Approved (3) Approved Check Airman’s Approved
of check Disapproved Disapproved Disapproved Performance Disapproved
Comments:_________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
FAA Inspector FAA Inspector
Signature_________________________ Printed Name___________________________ Date____________
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-13

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
M. Operating Experience 121.434 - PTF145-11

Name__________________________________Emp.#_______________Date__________
Crew Position________________________
1. FLT________from________to________ hours________
2. FLT________from________to________ hours________ Time from previous day
3. FLT________from________to________ hours________
Landings from previous day
4. FLT________from________to________ hours________
5. FLT________from________to________ hours________ Total time and landings
6. FLT________from________to________ hours________
Total Time Hours and Minutes__________________

Alternate Requirements Minimum Equipment List
Common alternate Airports Proper Use
Fuel Requirements Log Book Write-ups
Weather Requirements Advise Dispatcher & Maintenance
Weight and Balance General Flight Management

Accuracy Use of Check Lists
Non-Standard Loads Crew Coordination
Check F/O’s work Situational Awareness
Judgement
Knowledge Company procedures
Systems
Normal Procedures
Abnormal Procedures
I certify that the pilot candidate has demonstrated proficiency in conducting the preflight
visual inspection of the interior and exterior of the aircraft.
I certify that this pilot has satisfactorily performed the duties and responsibilities pertinent
to his/her crew position as outlined in the FARs and the Approved Training Manual.
Pilot has satisfactorily completed the Operating Experience phase of training.(If Captain,
he/she is recommended for the line check)
CHECK AIRMAN (Printed Name)_______________________________________________

CHECK AIRMAN (Signature)__________________________________________________
FAA Observation Flight Number__________
FAA Inspector’s Printed Name_________________________________________________
FAA Inspector’s Signature____________________________________________________
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-14

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
N. Operating Experience Guide - PTF145-11A

NAME______________________ EMP.#_________ POSITION_________
ELEMENT
SECURITY
AWARENESS
FLIGHT PLANNING
DEPARTURE PROCEDURES
RNAV, SIDS
WEATHER INFO SOURCES (PRE-DEPARTURE, IN-FLIGHT)
FLIGHT RELEASE/DISPATCH PROCEDURES
SECURING CARGO
REQUIRED DOCUMENTS (AIRCRAFT/CREW MEMBER)
POH/GOM/BULLETINS (CURRENCY, FAMILIARITY)
AIRCRAFT LOGBOOK USE (MAINTENANCE SIGN-OFF, WRITE-UPS)
MEL/CDL PROCEDURES
SAFETY CHECKS
GPU USE (BATTERY PRECAUTIONS)
EFIS INITIALIZATION
APU PROCEDURES (OPERATIONS, FUELING/EFIS PRECAUTIONS)
COCKPIT SETUP
OXYGEN REQUIREMENTS
ATC FLOW CONTROL (CLEARANCE, DELAYS)
FMS (FLT PLAN/PERF DATA INPUT, ENROUTE CHANGES)
CABIN CREW INTERACTION (BRIEFING, CABIN SIGNALS, PA, EVAC)
BOARDING PROCEDURES (15 MIN. RULE, FUELING, PACK USE)
JUMP SEAT POLICIES/PROCEDURES (BRIEFING)
WT/BAL PROCEDURES (SEE GEE WHEEL USE, ADJUSTMENTS)
AIRPORT ANALYSIS DATA (CHART USE, ADJUSTMENTS)
TAKEOFF THRUST SETTINGS/DATA INPUT
ENGINE STARTING PROCEDURES (MONITORING)
TERMINAL/ENROUTE COMMUNICATION (ATC, ARINC, COMPANY)
TAXIING PROCEDURES (PUSHBACKS, TILLER/PEDAL USE, SINGLE-ENGINE TAXI)
DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING PROCEDURES
REQUIRED CHECKS (VOR’S ICE PROTECTION)
POWER MANAGEMENT
FLT DIRECTOR/AUTOPILOT USE
FLIGHT PROGRESS/FUEL MONITORING
ANTI-ICE/DE-ICE SYSTEMS (DETECTORS, AOA VANES, PROBES, WINDSHIELDS,
INTAKES, LEADING EDGES)
WX RADAR/ENHANCED GPWS
DESCENT PLANNING (AIRSPEED CONTROL/CROSSING RESTRICTIONS)
APPROACH PROCEDURES (NORMAL, HIGH SPEED, SPOILER USE)
RNAV, STARS
DIVERSION PROCEDURES
LANDING TECHNIQUES (REVERSE THRUST, BRAKES, CHANGE-OVER OF CONTROL, CLEARING THE
RUNWAY)
PILOT MONITORING DUTIES
CREW RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
TRAINING FIRST OFFICERS
NOTE: THIS IS A GUIDE ONLY. THESE ARE SOME SUGGESTED ELEMENTS TO BE REVIEWED DURING OE. ALL AREAS NEED NOT BE
COVERED. CONVERSELY, AREAS NOT OBSERVED MAY BE DISCUSSED AT YOUR DISCRETION.
REV. 15, 1 MAY 2006 6-15

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
O. . Line Check Flight Record 121.440 - PTF145-12

Captain____________________________Emp#_______________Check Airman______________________
First Officer___________________Flight#________From______To______Date_________Block hours______
Column Legend - U -Unsatisfactory, S - Satisfactory, N/A - Not Applicable

General Approach/Landing Post-Flight
General Appearance Briefing Airplane clean-up
Uniform Atis Chocks
Haircut Call-outs Intakes
Certificates/Medical/Appropriate ID’s Airspeed Control Crew Debriefed
Report for Flight on Time Procedures
Landing Announcements
Preflight Cool Down Taxi
Load Manifest Cruise
Weather Check Checklist Enroute
Airplane Inspection Safety & Power On Descent
Fuel Load Originating/Receiving Arrival
Use APU/GPU Before Start
After Start
Pre-Takeoff Before Takeoff
Passenger Seating After Takeoff
Start Preliminary Landing
Taxi Landing
Crew Briefing After Landing
Clearance Parking & Securing
Company Calls
Communications
Takeoff/Climb Monitor Company Frequency
Power Settings (Flex) FMS Procedures
Climb Power MAP Procedures
Procedures Phraseology
Enroute Crew Coordination

Cruise Power Pilot Flying Manages Flight
Cruise Temperature Use of checklists
Cruise Altitude Logbook entries
Navigation General
Outside Scan
Remarks:
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Pilot did not satisfactorily complete the line check.
Signature____________________________________ Date____________________
I certify that this pilot has satisfactorily performed the duties and responsibilities of a Pilot-in-Command as specified
in FAR 121.440.
Check Airman Signature_________________________Date______________
FAA Inspector’s Printed Name______________________________________
FAA Inspector’s Signature_________________________________________
FAA Observation Flight Number __________
REV. 15, 1 MAY 2006 6-16

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
P. Pilot Flight Training Record - PTF145-13

Name___________________________ Employee#____________________ Crew Position_________________
Grading Code Type Training (Check One)
1. Proficient N/A Not Applicable Initial/Initial Equip
2. Normal Progress N/R Not Required Recurrent
3. Needs Additional Training x Not Accomplished Upgrade
4. Unsatisfactory * PIC only Requalification
5. Discussed Other_________________
Training Flight Number
PRE-FLIGHT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1. Inspection using CD Rom
2. Cockpit/Pre-Taxi Set-up/Procedures
3. Performance/Weight and Balance
SURFACE OPERATION
1. Cockpit Management
2. APU Start
3. Engine Start with APU
4. Engine Start with GPU
5. Taxiing
6. PreTakeoff Checks
TAKEOFFS
1. Normal
2. Night
3. Crosswind
4. Engine Failure Before V1
5. Engine Failure after V1
6. *Lower than Standard minima
CLIMB
1. Normal
2. Single Engine
IN-FLIGHT MANEUVERS
1. Steep Turns
2. Stall in Takeoff Config
3. Stall in Enroute Config
4. Stall in Landing Config
5. Slow Speed Handling
6. Holding
7. Engine Failure
8. Engine Shut Down and Restart
DESCENT
1. Normal
2. Maximum / Emergency
APPROACHES
1. ILS Normal
2. ILS/PRM Normal with Breakout
3. ILS Single Engine
4. ILS Raw Data
5. LOC/LOC Back Course
6. VOR
7. ADF
8. LDA
9. ILS DME
10. Non-Precision Single Engine
11. *Circle to Land
12. Visual
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-17

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
Pilot Training Record (cont’d) - PTF145-13A

Name_______________________________________Employee#_____________________
MISSED APPROACHES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1. From an ILS
2. From a Non-Precision
3. Single Engine
LANDINGS
1. Normal
2. Crosswind
3. Night
4. Single Engine
5. Flap Malfunction
6. From an ILS Approach
7. From a Single Engine ILS
8. From a Non-Precision Approach
9. With Pitch Mis-Trim
10. Rejected
11. Circle
AFTER LANDING
1. Parking
2. Emergency Evacuation
SYSTEM PROCEDURES DURING FLIGHT
1. Air Conditioning
2. Fuel
3. Oil
4. Electrical
5. Hydraulics
6. Flight Controls
7. Anti-Ice and De-ice
8. Stall Warning
9. Airborne Weather Radar
10. Flight Instrument System Malfunction
11. Communications Equipment
12. Nav Equipment - Flt Dir/Autopilot
13. Nav - FMS
14. Nav - Adherence to ATC procedures
AIRBORNE EMER PROCEDURES
1. Airplane Fires/Smoke Control
3. Electrical, Hydraulic, Pneumatic
4. Flight Control Malfunction
5. Emergency Gear Extension
6. Flap System Malfunction
HAZARDOUS SITUATION TRAINING
1. Escape from Wind Shear
2. Pilot Incapacitation
3. Recovery from CFIT/EGPWS
4. High Altitude Training
Date Flight Time Instructor Printed Name Instructor Signature
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Recommended for Check Flight Signature__________________________________________Date_____________
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-18

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
Pilot Training Record (cont’d) - PTF145-13B

Name_______________________________________Employee #_____________________
Remarks for Session #1_______________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-19

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
Q. Simulator Operator Training - PTF145-14

INITIAL RECURRENT
This is to certify that_____________________________ Employee #________________ has

received simulator training in the EMB-145 simulator.
This training has included, but was not necessarily limited to:
1. Operator’s manual familiarization and availability of airplane manuals.
2. Simulator capabilities and initialization
3. Airplane Configuration
4. Environmental Conditions
5. Airport Selection
6. Airplane Positioning
7. TCAS Selection/Activation
8. CFIT Selection/Activation
9. ILS/PRM Breakout Selection/Activation
10. Windshear Selection/Activation

11. System malfunction selection, indications and clearing procedures
12. Area and approach map tracking & clearing
13. Initialization and termination of control loading and motion base
14. Simulator safety & emergency procedures
15. Maintenance technician availability and notification
16. Normal take-off
17. Instrument take-off
18. Navigation aid failures - airplane equipment and ground stations
19. Systems failures
20. Missed approach - reposition to IAF
Date__________ Classroom Hours_______________ Sim Hours______________

Instructor Printed Name________________________________________________
Instructor Signature___________________________________________________
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 6-20

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
R. Check Airman/Instructor Ground Training - PTF145-15

NAME____________________________________ EMPLOYEE #____________________
( ) Instructor ( ) 121.440 OE/Line Check ( ) 121.441 Proficiency Check (Simulator)
FUNDAMENTALS OF INSTRUCTION (place a checkmark next to subjects covered)

( ) 1. The Learning Process
( ) 2. Human Behavior
( ) 3. Effective Communication
( ) 4. The Teaching Process
GROUND/COMPANY SPECIFIC (place a checkmark next to subjects covered)
( ) 1. Duties & Responsibilities of position
( ) 2. Applicable FARs and Company procedures
( ) 3. Methods, Procedures & Techniques for Conducting the required training
and or checking
( ) 4. Proper Evaluation of Pilot Performance including the detection of:
a) Improper and insufficient training
b) Characteristics that could affect safety
( ) 5. Appropriate Corrective Action for Unsatisfactory Checks
( ) 6. Approved Methods, Procedures, and Limitations
( ) 7. Psychology of Terrorists
( ) 8. Completion and routing of all required forms
ADDITIONAL EVENTS FOR OE/LINE CHECK AIRMAN
( ) 9. Airplane and Simulator/Observation Events
( ) 10. General Information
CLASSROOM HOURS _______________ DATE ___________________
Instructor Printed Name_____________________________________________
Instructor Signature __________________________________________________________
CrewQual
REV. 15, 1 MAY 2006 6-21

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
S. FlightSafety Check Airman Qualification - PTF145-15A
Name __________________________ FSI Employee Number ____________
The above individual is authorized to administer a Simulator Proficiency Check to

FlightSafety personnel only. He or she has been properly trained using the guidelines
in the EMB-145 Training Manual, Chapter 4.
Two –hour classroom training completion.

Date _____________ Instructor ___________________________
Four-hour observation.
Date of Oral ___________ Person Observed _________________________
Person giving Oral ______________________________
Date of Pro Check _________ Person Observed _______________________

Person giving Pro Check ________________________________
Note: Forward this form to the Chautauqua Training Department upon completion.
You may scan and email it to flttraining@flychautauqua.com or fax it to: 317-246-2618
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-22

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
T. Static A/C Preflt Insp Training - PTF145-16

The students below have completed a preflight inspection of the airplane.
Employee# Name
Date__________________ Employee Number__________________
INSTRUCTOR Printed Name_________________________________________________

INSTRUCTOR Signature____________________________________________________
CrewQual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-23

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
U. Line Oriented Flight Training - PTF145-17

( ) INITIAL ( ) RECURRENT
( ) REQUALIFICATION ( ) UPGRADE
NAME__________________________________EMP.#____________POSITION___________
NAME__________________________________EMP.#____________POSITION___________
Simulator Number_______________
Simulator Location_______________
Loft Number____________________
Completion Date_______________
Instructor Printed Name_______________________________________________

Instructor Signature__________________________________________________

Crew Qual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-24

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
V. Seat Dependant Training - PTF145-18
NAME__________________________________________Employee#__________________
The Captain named above, has completed Seat Dependant Training as outlined in Simulator/
Flight Training Session Number Four. (Ideally occurs during session number four, but may take
place during another session.)
SIMULATOR SESSION NUMBER________________________
DATE TRAINING COMPLETED__________________________
INSTRUCTOR PRINTED NAME_________________________________________
INSTRUCTOR SIGNATURE____________________________________________

CrewQual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-25

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
W. Recurrent Ground Training - PTF145-19

CrewQual Codes: RGRD, REMS, RGEN, RHZM, RCRM, REMD, REXIT
Date Completed_________________________________
Instructor Printed Name________________________________________________
See Chapter 2, for Recurrent Curriculum
Employee Number Employee Name

CrewQual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-26

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
X. Instructor/Check Airman Line Observation - PTF145-20

This form is to be used to record the three revenue line observations required for a Simulator
Instructor, Simulator Proficiency Check, and OE/Line Check Airman.
Name__________________________________Employee#_______________________
Flight Number_____________To_____________From_____________ Date_____________

Check Airman Printed Name____________________________________________________
Check Airman Signature_______________________________________________________



CrewQual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-27

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
Y. Trend Awareness/Training Observation - PTF145-21

The check airmen and contract instructors are in the best position to notice any nega-
tive procedures or practices either in training situations or in the conduct of routine line
operations.
If you are a Chautauqua Check Airman and you detect such conditions, please submit
this form to the Aircraft Program Manager. His fax number is: 317-484-4740. He will
contact you and complete the necessary follow-up to obtain a successful resolution.
If you are a contract employee, please submit this form to the Director of Training. His
fax number is: 317- 484-4521. He will contact you and likewise take appropriate action.
Awareness Events/Observation__________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Suggestion for Correction/Addition to Training Program________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Date Submitted:________Printed Name__________________Emp#_____________
Base assigned____________________Signature___________________________
PROGRAM MANAGER OR DIRECTOR OF TRAINING ENTRIES ONLY BELOW

Date Received_______________________________
Review-by Date________________Follow-up to Sender Date__________________

CrewQual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-28

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
Z. Instr/Prof Check Airman Simulator Observation-PTF145-22

Name____________________________ Employee Number__________________
This form is used to document the oral and proficiency check observation completed
by a proficiency check candidate or simulator instructor candidate prior to the comple-
tion of their practice session.
Name of person receiving oral_________________________________/__________
Employee #
Date oral was observed___________________
Check Airman Printed Name_____________________________________________
Check Airman Signature________________________________________________
// // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // //
// // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // //
Name of person receiving check ride__________________________/____________

Employee #
Date check ride was observed________________________
Check Airman Printed Name_____________________________________________

CrewQual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-29

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
AA.Simulator Proficiency Check Airman Practice PTF145-23

Name_______________________ Employee Number______________________
This form is used to document the practice oral and proficiency check the candidate
completed in the presence of the below named proficiency check airman.
Name of person receiving oral_________________________/_________________

Employee #
Date of oral was given__________________________
Check Airman Printed Name__________________________/__________________

Employee #
// // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // //
// // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // // //
Name of person receiving Prof Check_____________________/________________

Employee #
Date check was given_______________________________
Check Airman Printed Name______________________________/______________

Employee #
I certify that the above candidate has demonstrated proficiency giving an oral and pro-
ficiency check. I recommend him/her for the FAA observation.
Signature_______________________________________ Date________________
Employee Number_________________

CrewQual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-30

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
AB.OE/Line Check Airman Simulator Training PTF145-24

Name__________________________________ Employee Number_____________
This form is to be used by the OE/Line Check Airman candidate to document simulator
training leading to the recommendation for the FAA observation. The check airman
that signs below attests to the candidate’s ability to operate from both seats and that
appropriate training and end-of-session critiques were given to assess the candidate’s
performance. The critical measurement of the training is not the ability of the pilot fly-
ing, but the ability as pilot monitoring. Therefore, it is not necessary that the candidate
be the one that performs or acts as pilot flying during any of these maneuvers.
Takeoffs
600 RVR
Normal Take-off
Aborted Takeoff below V1
Engine failure above V1, malfunction such as engine fail, fire, etc.
Approaches
Non-precision approaches
ILS coupled and non-coupled
Missed approaches
Rejected landings
Other approaches with and without malfunctions
Landings
Normal
Crosswind
With malfunctions
Zero-flap
Engine failure
Trim failure
Check Airman Printed Name_________________________/_______________
Employee Number
Check Airman Signature__________________________ Date _____________

CrewQual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-31

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
AC.OE/Line Check Airman Qualification Flights PTF145-25

Name________________________________ Employee Number_______________
This form is used to document the Pilot Flying and Pilot Monitoring legs of an OE/Line
Check Airman candidate. When all four legs have been completed and the qualification
endorsement signed, please forward to the Training Department. Fax: 317 246-2618.
SECTION A
Candidate must complete two legs from the RIGHT SEAT- one as Pilot Flying and one
as Pilot Monitoring.
Flight# Date
Pilot Flying Leg ___________ _________
Pilot Monitoring Leg ___________ _________
Check Airman Printed Name____________________________________________
Check Airman Signature_______________________________________________
SECTION B
Candidate must complete two legs from the LEFT SEAT - one as Pilot Flying and one
as Pilot Monitoring.
Flight# Date
Pilot Flying Leg ___________ _________
Pilot Monitoring Leg ___________ _________
Check Airman Printed Name__________________________/________________

Employee #
Check Airman Signature_______________________________________________

CrewQual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-32

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
AD.OE/Line Check Airman Right Seat Training PTF145-26

Name____________________________ Employee Number__________________
The OE/Line Check Airman named above has completed the following six training
events. Although some events may be combined, the completion of three takeoffs and
landings must be accomplished.
1. Rejected Takeoff
2. Takeoff with engine failure at or above V1
3. Lower than standard takeoff
4. Single-engine approach, with published minimums, to a full stop
5. Zero-flap approach to a landing
6. Missed approach from a raw data ILS approach
Instructor Printed Name________________/________________Date_____________

Employee #
Instructor Signature_________________________________

CrewQual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-33

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
AE. Recurrent Airstair Cabin Door Training PTF145-27
Name_____________________________ Employee #_______________________________
This form is to remind you that you have not received hands-on Recurrent Training on the oper-
ation of the Airstair Type Main Entrance Door. The only door type available during your training
was the Plug type.
The FAR requires you to perform hands-on doors and exits training each 24 months. Because
you have not received hands-on Recurrent training concerning the operation of the airstair type,
you are not authorized to perform as a crewmember on that airplane type beyond
____________________.
You may receive the training from any flight/ground instructor or check airman. He/she must com-
plete the lower portion of the form. The trainer must in turn forward this form to the Training
Department to arrive prior to your first flight in the airplane type.
I have given hands-on instruction to the above listed person on the operation of the Airstair door.
Trainer’s Printed Name___________________________/________________

Employee #
Trainer’s Signature______________________________
Date______________________
Airplane Tail Number_____________
You may fax to:

317-246-2618
Crew Qual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-34

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
AF.Recurrent Plug Cabin Door Training PTF145-28
Name_____________________________ Employee #_______________________________
This form is to remind you that you have not received hands-on Recurrent Training on the oper-
ation of the Plug Door Type Main Entrance Door. The only door type available during your training
was the Airstair type.
The FAR requires you to perform hands-on doors and exits training each 24 months. Because
you have not received hands-on Recurrent training concerning the operation of the plug type, you
are not authorized to perform as a crewmember on that airplane type beyond
____________________.
You may receive the training from any flight/ground instructor or check airman. He/she must com-
plete the lower portion of the form. The trainer must in turn forward this form to the Training
Department to arrive prior to your first flight in the airplane type.
I have given hands-on instruction to the above listed person on the operation of the Plug door.
Trainer’s Printed Name___________________________/________________

Employee #
Trainer’s Signature______________________________
Date______________________
Airplane Tail Number_____________
You may fax to:

317-246-2618

Crew Qual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-35

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
AG.Courseware Change - PTF145-29

Curriculum___________________________Courseware:_____________________
Lesson Title_________________________________________________________
Courseware Changes:_________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Student Handouts Changes:_____________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Student Actions Changes:_______________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Instructional Aid(s) Changes:____________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Additional Suggestions:________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Print Name________________________________________Employee #________________
Suggested by:_______________________ Date________________________
Authorized Changes by:______________________Completed by:____/_____/____
Changes driven by: Circle One
POH, GOM, FAA/FAR, IN-HOUSE ENHANCEMENT
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-36

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
AH.Upgrade Ground Training - PTF145-30
CrewQual Codes: UGRD, UEMS, UGEN, UHZM, UCRM, UEMD, UEXIT

Date Completed_________________________________
Instructor Printed Name__________________________Employee #_____________
See Chapter 2, for Recurrent Curriculum
Employee Number Employee Name

CrewQual
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-37

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
AI. Air Transportation Instructor Course Completion - PTF145-31

This form indicates only the courses/events completed by the instructor candidate. A
separate form attests to the candidate’s authority to teach the specific subjects.
Name ____________________________________________________________
Course Title Date Completed Instructor or Certifying

Official Signature
Fundamentals of Instruction
Company Indoctrination
Emergency Situations to
include Hijack/Security
Hazardous Materials
Initial CRM
Aircraft Systems Ground
Hands-on Preflight
Hands-on Drills
Hands-on Doors/Exits
Instr/Check Airman Ground
Recurrent
Upgrade
SIT/CPT
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-38

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
AJ.Air Transportation Instructor Qualifications - PTF145-31A

This form indicates only the courses or curriculum events that the instructor is qualified
to teach. This form is designed to serve as a history of the instructors qualifications and
may need additions only as new programs are developed. A separate form attests to
the instructor’s attendance of the specific events.
Name______________________________________________________________
Course Title Date Completed Instructor or Certifying Official

Signature
Fundamentals of
Instruction
Company Indoctrina-
tion
Emergency Situa-
tions to include
Hijack/Security
Hazardous Materials
Initial CRM
Aircraft Systems
Ground
Hands-on Preflight
Hands-on Drills
Hands-on Doors/Exit
Instr/Check Airman
Ground
Recurrent
Upgrade
SIT/CPT
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-39

Placement- This bulletin is issued in two parts. This is Part Two. Insert this part in Chapter 6, after page 6-39.
Instructions- This part adds a new form to Chapter 6, Section 1.
AK. RECURRENT FLIGHT TRAINING - PTF145-32
Recurrent Flight Training

Employee #________________ Name__________________________ Date__________
___Capt ___F/O ___ATP ___Comm Cert #_____________________
The following RECURRENT FLIGHT TRAINING and RNAV TESTING was completed
in the simulator.
S - Satisfactory U - Requires additional training before line flight
* Indicates items that can be accomplished once in a training session that can be
credited to both pilots paired together.
TAXI*
With incursion distractions
TAKEOFF
Minimum visibility with engine failure before V1
RNAV SID
HIGH ALTITUDE AIRWORK
Recovers from power loss, Stall
Demonstrates Emergency Descent procedures
RNAV APPROACH, TRAIN and TEST
Knows how to check for RAIM coverage
Trained to brief, set up, and fly an RNAV approach
TESTED - demonstrates an understanding of how to fly RNAV approach
LANDING GEAR *
Demonstrates complete manual gear extension
SMOKE in COCKPIT *
Dons mask and goggles and completes the approach
WINDSHEAR
Moderate intensity windshear event (takeoff or landing)
COMMENTS or ADDITIONAL TRAINED ITEMS (if any)
List _______________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Check Airman Signature_______________________________________
Employee #_____________________
PTF145-32 09-15-2008
FTM145 Page 3 of 4
Page 4 of 4 FTM145
Chapter 6 Forms
Section 2 Training Forms Required
Volume 7

The following information details a list of training curriculums/events and checking
events with a list of those forms that need to be completed and forwarded to the Train-
ing Department.
All forms require the name and employee number of the person being trained/checked
and the name of the instructor/check airman completing the training/checking.
A. Initial Indoctrination/Hazmat/CRM/Emergency Situation

PTF145-01 Training Attendance
PTF145-02 Basic Indoctrination
PTF145-03 Hazardous Materials
PTF145-04 Crew Resource Management
PTF145-05 Emergency Situation
The above are completed by the Ground Instructor at the end of the seven-day training
schedule. This course is required by all pilots, regardless of the aircraft they will oper-
ate.
B. Systems Ground Training

PTF145-01 Training Attendance
PTF145-06 Systems Ground Training
PTF145-06A Systems Integration Training
The above forms are completed by the contractor or Company instructor upon com-
pletion of systems, and systems integration/CPT.
C. Hands-on Drill Training

PTF145-07 Hands-on Exits/Drills
Training is accomplished by the instructor that conducts the actual training at the air-
plane.
D. Drill/Exits Classroom Training

PTF-145-07A Classroom Training
Training that is allowed to be given each 24 months to replace hands-on training.
Note: This is not the preferred training method but airplane availability
might prevent hands-on training.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-40

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
E. Refresher Training
PTF145-08 Refresher Training
This training may be given by an instructor or check airman. This training category only
applies to a person that does not meet FAR 121.434. It is not for a person requiring
additional or retraining.
F. Additional or Retraining
PTF145-09 Additional Training
An instructor or check airman would complete this form for any extra or above the nor-
mal training allotment reasons. The form has boxes to represent the usual areas for
additional/retraining. It is not to be used for additional simulator training.
G. Flight Training
PTF145-13 Flight Training Record
PTF145-13A Flight Training Record
PTF145-13B Flight Training Record
Completed after simulator training. The first two forms in the series correspond to the
simulator training events. The third form allows the instructor to add remarks applicable
to the pilot’s performance during the numbered training sessions.
H. Preflight Inspection
PTF145-16 Static A/C Preflt Insp Training
Completed by the instructor to show proof of the accomplishments of the static airplane
preflight. This event may occur before or after the proficiency check of that training cat-
egory.
I. Line Oriented Flight Training

PTF145-17 Line Oriented Flight Training
Completed by the simulator instructor to show proof of completion of LOFT.
J. Seat Dependant Training

PTF145-18 Seat Dependant Training
Completed on the Captain that is completing simulator training in either an Initial or Ini-
tial Equipment program.
K. Recurrent Ground Training

PTF145-19 Recurrent Ground Training
Completed on those who have attended the Company’s Recurrent Ground Training
class.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-41

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
L. Upgrade Ground Training

PTF145-30 Upgrade Ground Training
To be completed on those attending Upgrade Training. This form would be accompa-
nied by the applicable doors training forms.
M. Check Airman/Flight Instructor Training

See Chapter 4 for appropriate forms completion:
PTF145-14
PTF145-15
PTF145-15a
PTF145-20
PTF145-22
PTF145-23
PTF145-24
PTF145-25
PTF145-26
N. Operating Experience
PTF145-11 Operating Experience
PTF145-11A Operating Experience Guide
Both forms to be completed by the OE Check Airman during the process of OE. The
forms should be given to the OE candidate so he/she can transport them to the next
OE Check Airman if the OE process needs to continue. The OE Check Airman that
administers the last OE leg will forward the forms to the Training Department.
O. Proficiency Check
PTF145-10 Airman Proficiency Check
To be completed anytime a 121.441 ride is accomplished. The form also indicates that
the oral examination was given and this form may also be submitted when the oral only
portion was completed.
P. Line Check
PTF145-12 Line Check Flight Record
To be completed after a Captain has received a line check.
Q. Trends in Training
PTF145-21 Trend Awareness/Training Observation
May be completed by any member of the Operations Department and sent to the Train-
ing Department. This form will help evaluate training and will assist in trend identifica-
tion.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-42

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
R. Main Cabin Door Stand-Alone Training

PTF145-27 Recurrent Airstair Cabin Door Training
Completed on any member that was not able to receive above training during the
recurrent cycle
PTF145-28 Recurrent Plug Cabin Door Training
Completed on any member that was not able to receive above training during the
recurrent cycle.
S. Courseware Changes
PTF145-29 Courseware Change
To be completed when courseware changes need to be made to the training program.
T. Air Transportation Instructor Completion

PTF145-31
Completed by the Training Manager or Director of Training to indicate course comple-
tions of instructors.
U. Air Transportation Instructor Qualifications

PTF145-31A
Completed by the Training Manager or Director of Training to indicate those portions
of the training program the instructor is qualified to teach.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-43

Chapter 6 Forms
Volume 7
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 6-44

Volume 7
Chapter 7
Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT)
LOFT A
Line Orientated Flight Training (LOFT) is the first opportunity during Initial Training for
flight crews to “put it all together” in a simulated “real world” environment. Typically, the
LOFT is administered near the end of the Initial Training syllabus. The LOFT repre-
sents an opportunity for the instructor to evaluate the crew’s technical performance
and human factors skills while both students become acclimated to normal operating
procedures prior to their Operating Experience.
The key to the success of all LOFT training is realism. During the LOFT every effort
should be made to ensure the crew works together just as they would “on the line”. In
addition to monitoring technical proficiency, the instructor will evaluate human factors
skills including (but not limited to) communications, workload management, prioritiza-
tion of tasks, decision-making and situational awareness.
Note: Qualification LOFT does permit minimal interruption of the scenario
for the purpose of instruction if the instructor determines that
negative learning is taking place. An example of this would be that
one crewmember is improperly instructing his partner regarding FMS
initialization procedures.
The instructor facilitates the Qualification LOFT by serving in all supporting roles
including ATC, Lead Flight Attendant, Dispatch Center, Station Operations, Gate
Agent, Maintenance, and in any other capacity (other than instructor) in which the crew
may request information and/or assistance. LOFT is only as beneficial as the realism
created and fostered by the instructor. All appropriate paperwork (releases, weather
package, weight and balance data, etc.) germane to the flight will be provided to the
crew by the instructor at the proper time. From the time the crew enters the simulator
cockpit until the Parking Checklist is complete, the crew is “on their own” armed with
their training, human factors skills, with support from ATC, the Company, and any other
agency or organization from which they actively solicit assistance or attention. (The
instructor will provide this support as requested.) The LOFT is scheduled for a four-
hour simulator period plus time for briefing and debriefing.
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 7-1

Section 2 Debrief
Volume 7
Section 2 Debrief
LOFT training is only as valuable as the extent of the post-flight debriefing. Flight train-
ing is beneficial and reinforced through positive constructive evaluation of a good per-
formance as well as review of noted mistakes, oversight, miscues, omissions or poor
human factors skills. “ASK” is the human factors debriefing acronym for “attitude”,
“skill” and “knowledge”. A substandard performance can usually be traced to one or
more of these performance factors. The crew should be made aware of all positive
observations as well as those that require critique. The post-flight debriefing should be
thorough and not limited by any time constraints.
Section 3 LOFT Outlined

LOFT sessions are based on at least four hours of total crewmember training activity,
which includes at least 2 1/2 hours of LOFT scenarios. Reasonable amounts of time
should be allowed for problem solving. This includes reviewing the release, consulting
the MEL, figuring the weight and balance, etc.
LOFT elements will also include cockpit preparation, preflight activities, crew briefings,
and interactions with Dispatch and other ground agencies.
A. Qualification LOFT
The Qualification LOFT Program is intended to facilitate the change from flight simula-
tor to line flying. It will include three flight segments.
B. Recurrent LOFT
The Recurrent LOFT Program (to be implemented at a later date) is designed to eval-
uate crews relative to their team proficiency and practice of sound CRM techniques.
The PIC may substitute LOFT for a Recurrent 121.441 ride. However, the PIC must
have had a Recurrent 121.441 ride within the past 12 calendar months. In other words,
you may alternate between the two. The SIC may alternate between LOFT and a
Recurrent 121.441 ride.
C. LOFT Selection
LOFTs are numbered to correspond to the calendar year. The instructor would select
the normal and abnormal that corresponds to the current year. After completion of
LOFT the number would be recorded on the LOFT completion form PTF145-17.
IF a situation arises that would prevent the use of the correct year numbered LOFT a
substitute may be used and that would be the highest numbered LOFT. This would
help ensure that the crew would not repeat the LOFT in the near future. Any deviations
from the use of the current year LOFT must be brought to the attention of the Chautau-
qua Training Department so that proper corrective action may be made.
D. Materials Required for LOFT

The crewmember is required to be in possession of their current Jeppesen Manual to
include high and low altitude enroute charts. They should be as prepared for LOFT as
they are for line flying.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 7-2

Volume 7
E. Qualification LOFT Crew Composition

Qualification LOFT requires the scheduling of a complete cockpit crew complement.
Ideally, the crewmember who is qualifying would be scheduled with the other crew-
member who is fully line qualified. In any case, the crewmembers will be Task Familiar
with their assigned duty position but need not be Line Familiar.
F. Qualification LOFT Crew Substitutes

The use of substitutes is highly discouraged and substitution should be implemented
rarely. When the composition of the scheduled crew cannot be maintained, we may
substitute crewmembers using the Table below.
Qualification LOFT Substitution Table
_________________________________________________
Pilot In Command Second In Command
Position Position
1. Another person of the same status for that position.
2. PIC * SIC *
3. SIC * PIC *
4. Pilot Instructor Pilot Instructor

* Includes those who are either qualified or in training for the position and will be Task
Familiar for the position in which they are substituting.
G. Recurrent LOFT Crew Composition

Recurrent LOFT (to be implemented at a later date) requires scheduling of a complete
crew which is line qualified.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 7-3

Volume 7
H. Recurrent LOFT Crew Substitutes

The use of substitutes is discouraged and substitution should be rare. When the com-
position of the scheduled line qualified crew cannot be maintained, the operator may
use substitutions based on the Table below. However, we will first attempt to substitute
with another line qualified crewmember. This table should be used only as a last resort
to prevent interruption of scheduled training.
Recurrent LOFT Substitution Table
______________________________________________________
Pilot In Command Second In Command
Position Position
1. Another person of the same status for that position.
2. PIC * SIC *
3. Pilot Instructor ** PIC *
4. Pilot Instructor **
* Includes those who are either line qualified or in training for the position.
** May act as a substitute when a line qualified crewmember is not available. The
instructor should not have previous knowledge of the scenario; however, when this is
unavoidable, the instructor should not use that knowledge to influence or direct the
scenario.
Note: Interruption of the scenario for instruction is not allowed in Recurrent
LOFT.
The Company will make every reasonable effort to pair a Captain with a First Officer in
order to train an intact crew. If that is not possible, two Captains paired together or two
First Officers paired together will receive credit providing they switch seats after the
first city pair. However, the Company reserves the right to make pairing switches in
accordance with the above two tables.
Note: The instructor conducting the LOFT session may not act as a
substitute crewmember.
I. Upgrade LOFT
Upgrade LOFT will follow the same process as Qualification LOFT.
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 7-4

Section 4 Summary
Volume 7
Section 4 Summary
The benefits derived from a LOFT are directly proportional to the professional
approach taken by both the instructor and the Flight Crew. LOFT is an invaluable tool
and an integral part of the Training syllabus. It is the culmination of a great deal of work
and perseverance in the simulator by both the students and instructor. Crew technical
proficiency, standardization and human factors skills have been developed and pol-
ished during the training process; the LOFT evaluates the overall results. The LOFT
experience should instill crew confidence for the next phase of their training – Operat-
ing Experience (OE).
The purpose of all LOFTs are to bridge the transition from simulator training to line fly-
ing. It provides an opportunity to introduce topics that may be helpful to transitioning
pilots.
Section 5 Briefing
A. CRM Skills
1. Communications
2. Crew Coordination
3. Decision making
4. Prioritization of tasks
5. Seat task dependency
6. Situational awareness
7. Workload management
B. Release and Flight Planning Considerations

1. Cruise Altitude Considerations
2. Descent Planning
3. Fuel Planning and Conservation

4. High Altitude Limits
5. Maintenance Logbook
REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 7-5

Section 5 Briefing
Volume 7
C. Operational Considerations
1. Air conditioning at the gate
2. De/Anti-Icing Procedures
3. Intermediate exterior inspection requirements

4. Radio setup
5. Severe weather avoidance
6. Sterile Cockpit Procedures
7. Release
8. RNAV Departure
9. Traffic vigilance
10. RVSM Operations

11. Turbulence avoidance
12. Use of landing lights
13. Use of Reverse Thrust and Brakes

D. Miscellaneous:
1. Coordination with Operations Control Center
2. Flight Information Letters/Flight Operations Bulletins

3. Greeting passengers
4. Jumpseat
5. Land & Hold Short Operations
REV. 16, 01 APR 2008 7-6

Section 6 Overview: LOFT A Scenarios - Normal
Volume 7

EMB-145
DCA-BOS
A. Overview
The crew will pick up N267SK in DCA for flight 1234 to BOS. The flight will begin with
the Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport Noise Abatement & Prohibited Area
(P-56) Avoidance Procedures and proceed with normal cruise flight en route. An ILS
approach and landing to Runway 4R at BOS will be completed. The instructor will need
orange stickers to place on the MEL'd items.
B. Introduction
LOFT is designed to present the crew with a "real world" scenario and the exercise
should proceed without instructor aid. The instructor should act as ATC, dispatch,
maintenance, etc. Some malfunctions are contained in the profiles to create flexibility
in the instructor's role. The instructor should allow the Captain to exercise judgment
(good or bad) in normal and less than normal conditions. The instructor is encouraged
to stay within the framework of the program. Out-of-program flight is certainly permis-
sible at the instructor's discretion, as long as simulator sessions are not exceeded.
Crews are encouraged to treat LOFT as a real flight with established departure and
arrival times versus the liberal start-up allowances of a proficiency check.
C. Desired Crew Parameters of Performance:

1. Follows recommended procedures and performance requirements
2. Verifies aircraft has been loaded within CG and performance limits
3. Plans flight in accordance with available weather information, verifying all aspects
of preflight planning that dispatch has provided, including the need for an alternate
when going to Canada
4. Conforms with sterile cockpit procedures
5. Keeps passengers informed of changing conditions as workload permits
6. Uses proper emergency, abnormal, and normal procedures
7. Uses effective flight deck crew coordination and workload sharing techniques
8. Uses effective crew coordination between flight deck crew and flight attendant
9. Conducts flight in a timely manner as conditions permit
10. Maintains contact with Company via radio
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-7

Volume 7
D. Materials Required:
1. Minimum Equipment List
2. Normal Checklists
3. Emergency/Abnormal Checklists
4. EMB-145 POH
5. Aircraft Logbook
6. Flight Log Deferred Index
7. Flight Block Schedule
8. Load Manifest
9. Passenger Count Form
10. Load Report
11. DCA Security Form
12. Release, AeroData, Weather, NOTAM Printouts
13. Appropriate Current Charts
14. See Gee Wheel
15. General Operations Manual (GOM)
16. License
17. Medical
18. Passport
E. Notes to the Instructor:

1. The A/I valve is wired open-do not show any failure in simulator. Make sure pilot
follows MEL 30-21-01 and turns ice detection override knob to ENG for all phases
of flight.
2. AeroData numbers were shown in BLEED VALVE WIRED OPEN "WET
RUNWAY". The pilot has the choice of using wet or dry runway (both data are on
release) by looking at the runway or if ATIS tells condition of runway.
3. Observe if pilot is aware of the difference and inquires or states runway condition.
4. For takeoff and landing-set WX in simulator as used in ATIS reports.
5. At DCA USAirways uses commuter parking, gate 35 area. At BOS, they use
terminal B gates.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-8

Volume 7
F. Aircraft Logbook
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-9

Volume 7
G. Flight Log Deferred Index
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-10

Volume 7
H. Flight Blocks Schedule

CHAUTAUQUA AIRLINES INC.
DCA EMB-145 Flight Blocks
BLK #A DCA MON-FRI
FLT# LEAVE ARRIVE

1234 1700 DCA 1753 BOS
1235 1930 BOS 2046 YYZ
3119 2115 YYZ 2217 PIT
3175 2305 PIT 0028 DCA
DUTY TIME 08+28 HOURS

FLIGHT TIME 04+24 HOURS
REPORT TIME 1615 LOCAL
OFF DUTY TIME 0043 LOCAL
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-11

Volume 7
I. Chautauqua Airlines Load Manifest
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-12

Volume 7
J. Passenger Count Form
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-13

Volume 7
K. Load Report
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-14

Volume 7
L. DCA Securityy Form

N*DCA PILOT BRF«
STAR DCA PILOT BRF
0S DCA PILOT BRF
1N .
2N .
3N 1. THE CAPTAIN WILL BRIEF THE CREW FOR EVERY FLIGHT
4N . INTO OR OUT OF DCA.
5N 2. THE GATE AGENT MUST PRINT A COPY OF THIS STAR
6N . AND OBTAIN INITIALS FROM THE FLIGHT CREW.
7N 3. EACH MEMBER OF THE FLIGHT CREW FOR THE FLIGHT
8N . WILL INITIAL THIS DOCUMENT INDICATING THAT THEY
9N . HAVE BEEN BRIEFED.
10N 4. THE INITIALED DOCUMENT MUST BE FILED WITH THE
11N . FLIGHT PAPERWORK IN THE STATION FILE FOR
12N . 90 DAYS.
13N .
14N CS AGENT COMPLETE--
15N .
16N FLIGHT..................... DATE .................
17N .
18N --------------------------------------------------
19N .
20N . BRIEFING FOR PILOTS
21N . DEPARTING TO OR FROM RONALD REAGAN NATIONAL‡
22N . AIRPORT ‡
23N .
24N - THE PILOTS ARE NOT PERMITTED TO LEAVE THE FLIGHT
25N . DECK DURING THE LAST HOUR OF THE FLIGHT
26N . APPROACHING DCA AND THE FIRST HOUR DEPARTING
27N . DCA FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN AN OPERATIONAL
28N . EMERGENCY.
29N - THE CABIN CREW IS NOT ALLOWED TO ENTER THE
30N . FLIGHT DECK. A CABIN CREW MEMBER MAY ENTER THE
31N . FLIGHT DECK WHEN ONE PILOT MUST LEAVE THE FLIGHT
32N . DECK ON THOSE AIRCRAFT FITTED WITH A LOCKING
33N . MECHANISM THAT CAN ONLY BE OPERATED FROM INSIDE
34N . THE FLIGHT DECK.
35N - PASSENGERS MUST REMAIN SEATED DURING TAKE-OFF
36N . AND LANDING WHEN THE *FASTEN SEAT BELT* SIGN IS
37N . ON
38N - IF A PASSENGER MUST USE THE LAVATORY DURING
39N . TAKE-OFF AND LANDING WHEN THE *FASTEN SEAT BELT*
40N . SIGN IS ON, THE PASSENGER MUST BE DIRECTED, IF
41N . AT ALL POSSIBLE, TO USE THE LAVATORY IN THE
42N . REAR OF THE AIRCRAFT.
43N - ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES THAT ARE PROVIDED BY AIR
44N . TRAFFIC CONTROL AND FLIGHT STANDARDS. ‡
45N - ALL NEW INFORMATION AVAILABLE. ‡
46N .
47N --------------------------------------------------
48N .
49N EACH FLIGHT CREW MEMBER MUST INITIAL BELOW.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-15

Volume 7
50N .
51N I HAVE BEEN BRIEFED BY DISPATCH ON THE ABOVE
52N POINTS.
53N .
54N CAPTAIN...........................................
55N .
56N I HAVE BEEN BRIEFED BY THE CAPTAIN ON THE ABOVE
57N POINTS.
58N .
59N FIRST OFFICER.....................................
60N .
61N GIVE TO CUSTOMER SERVICE AGENT AFTER INITIALING.
62N .
PIT 14JUL05 87KC OPEN P-NONE 29AUG06 2558
N*DCA FA BRF”
*** SEE F LINE***
STAR DCA FA BRF
0S DCA FA BRF
1N .
2N 1. THE PILOT WILL BRIEF THE FLIGHT ATTENDANTS FOR
3N . EVERY FLIGHT INTO OR FROM DCA AIRPORT.
4N 2. THE GATE AGENT MUST PRINT A COPY OF THIS STAR
5N . AND OBTAIN INITIALS FROM THE INFLIGHT CREW.
6N 3. EACH MEMBER OF THE INFLIGHT CREW FOR THE FLIGHT
7N . WILL INITIAL THIS DOCUMENT INDICATING THAT THEY
8N . HAVE BEEN BRIEFED.
9N 4. THE INITIALED DOCUMENT MUST BE FILED WITH THE
10N . FLIGHT PAPERWORK IN THE STATION FILE FOR
11N . 90 DAYS.
12N .
13N CS AGENT COMPLETE—
14N .
15N FLIGHT…………. DATE…………
16N .
17N ---------------------------------------------
18N .
19N . BRIEFING FOR CABIN CREW
20N . DEPARTING TO OR FROM RONALD REAGAN NATIONAL
21N . AIRPORT
22N .
23N – THE PILOTS ARE NOT PERMITTED TO LEAVE THE FLIGHT
24N . DECK DURING THE LAST HOUR OF THE FLIGHT
25N . APPROACHING DCA AND THE FIRST HOUR DEPARTING DCA
26N . FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN AN OPERATIONAL
27N . EMERGENCY.
28N – THE CABIN CREW IS NOT ALLOWED TO ENTER THE
29N . FLIGHT DECK. A CABIN CREW MEMBER MAY ENTER THE
30N . FLIGHT DECK WHEN ONE PILOT MUST LEAVE THE FLIGHT
31N . DECK ON THOSE AIRCRAFT FITTED WITH A LOCKING
32N . MECHANISM THAT CAN ONLY BE OPERATED FROM
33N . INSIDE THE FLIGHT DECK.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-16

Volume 7
34N – ALL PASSENGERS MUST REMAIN SEATED DURING

36N . SIGN IS ON.
37N – IF A PASSENGER MUST USE THE LAVATORY DURING

39N . SIGN IS ON, THE PASSENGER MUST BE DIRECTED, IF
40N . AT ALL POSSIBLE, TO USE THE LAVATORY IN THE REAR
41N . OF THE AIRCRAFT.
42N – THE CABIN CREW MEMBERS MUST BE GIVEN A BRIEFING
43N . THAT INCLUDES ALL NEW INFORMATION AVAILABLE.
44N .
45N -------------------------------------------------
46N .
47N EACH FLIGHT ATTENDANT MUST INITIAL BELOW.
48N .
49N I HAVE BEEN BRIEFED BY THE PILOT ON THE ABOVE
50N . POINTS.
51N .
52N A FLIGHT ATTENDANT …………………………
53N .
54N B FLIGHT ATTENDANT …………………………
55N .
56N C FLIGHT ATTENDANT …………………………
57N .
58N D FLIGHT ATTENDANT ………………………...
59N .
60N E FLIGHT ATTENDANT …………………………
61N .
62N GIVE TO CUSTOMER SERVICE AGENT AFTER INITIALING.
63N .
64N .
65F M
66F M
67F *? ? RES
68F HN
PIT 14OCT05 5MQJ OPEN P-NONE 17FEB06 1405
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-17

Volume 7
M. Flight Release
------------------------------------------------------------
FLIGHT 1234 CHAUTAUQUA AIRLINES 10JUN2008
---------------------------------------------------------------
DEP DEST TAXI BURN ALT RESV HOLD TNKR MIN RAMP
---- ---- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
KDCA KBOS 300 2952 0 1900 0 1148 4852 6300
ALT1 ALT2 T/OALT AUTHORIZED DPT TIME - 2100Z

---- ---- ------
PLANNED - PYLD PAX
11086 50
TAIL A/C TYPE BOW INDEX EST MAX - PYLD PAX BAGS
N267SK EMB-145LR 027938 -06.28 0
437 --ABV PYLD NUMBERS FOR--
-----PLANNING ONLY------
IFR
(FPL-CHQ1234-IS
-E145/M-SDRWZ/S
-KDCA2100
-N0455F310 DCA SWANN BROSS J42 RBV J222 JFK INNDY2.BOS
-KBOS0053
-REG/N267SK OPR/CHAUTAUQUA AIRLINES COM/TCAS NAV/RNVD1E1A1
MTXW 4873
MFPTW 4550/TF PTOW 4502 MRTW 4714/F09/F P38/0000/29.85/19
MLDW 4255/S PLDW 4207 MRLW 4255/F45/S P28/0000/29.85/04L
---------------------------------------------------------------
MEL/CDL ITEMS
ATA DESCRIPTION EXPIRATION
30-21-01 A/I VALVE OPEN 13JUN08
---------------------------------------------------------------
AIRCRAFT TURNS TO FLT 1235 BOS-YYZ DEP 2330Z
RMKS
TAKEOFF ANALYSIS REMARKS - FLIGHT 1234 DCA
WET RUNWAY
I CERTIFY I MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF FAR 121.439 AND 121.440
AIRCRAFT TAIL N.......... PIC SIGNATURE................
FLIGHT RELEASE FR.........Z LOAD REPORT LR...............Z
2003Z DISPATCHER TYLER WASSELL 317-471-2324 ID7730 DESK 01

---------------------------------------------------------------
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-18

Volume 7
---------------------------------------------------------------
FLIGHT 1234 COMPUTER FLIGHT PLAN 10JUN08
---------------------------------------------------------------
ORG DEST ALT1 ALT2 T/OALT A/C TYPE TAIL BOW INDEX
DCA BOS EMB-145LR N267SK 27938 -06.28
SPEED SCHEDULES
CLIMB CLB.M56 CRUISE MSC DESCENT A/P
FUEL TIME PLAN STRUC FLT SKD

BURN 2952 00.53 BOW 27938....... DEP DCA 2100Z
RESERVE 1900 00.45 PYLD 11086....... ARV BOS 2153Z
ALT/ 0 00.00 ZFW 37214....... 39462
HOLD 0 00.00 FOB 6300....... 11200
MIN 4852 01.35 TOW 43214....... 48501
TANKER 1148 00.24 BURN 2952
TAXI 300 00.15 LGW 40262....... 42549
RAMP 6300 01.59 FOD 3048
ROUTE 001 P2100Z FL 310 AVG WIND 278089 ETE 00.53

DCA..SWANN..BROSS.J42.RBV.J222.JFK.INNDY2.BOS
CONTINGENCY SUMMARIES
FL AVG/WIND ETE BURN MIN RAMP PYLD LDG WT
350 278094 00.54 3050 4950 6300 11086 41974
330 279095 00.53 3126 5026 6300 11086 41898
310 281099 00.53 3232 5132 6300 11086 41792
TIME DIST FUEL

LEG LEG IAS MCH MC ALT WIND LEG SCORE
WAYPOINT TOTAL TOTAL TAS G/S HDG IOAT ISA TOTAL TIME/FUEL
KDCA ---- ---- --- --- --- ---
.53 367 --- --- --- ---
SWANN 00.07 42 --- --- --- 289055 496

00.07 42 --- --- 068 --- M06 496
BROSS 00.03 16 --- --- --- 286101 153

00.10 58 --- --- 086 --- M02 650
STIKY 00.01 8 --- --- --- 285114 79

00.11 66 --- --- 040 --- M02 729
OOD 00.05 30 --- --- --- 285123 340

112.8 00.16 96 --- --- 038 --- M03 1070
DAVYS 00.03 25 --- --- --- 281102 250

00.19 121 --- --- 044 --- P03 1320
BRAND 00.02 10 --- --- --- 280100 92

00.21 131 --- --- 048 --- P04 1412
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-19

Volume 7
TOC 00.00 5 214 --- --- 310 280099 49 ..../....

00.21 137 388 442 049 -51 P05 1461
RBV 00.02 10 253 .78 060 310 279095 52 ..../....
113.8 00.23 146 453 508 051 -51 P05 1513
LAURN 00.03 27 253 .78 049 310 279093 151 ..../....

00.26 173 454 495 039 -51 P06 1663
JFK 00.02 17 253 .78 085 310 278092 86 ..../....

115.9 00.28 190 455 536 081 -51 P07 1749
NEWES 00.02 20 253 .78 059 310 278090 108 ..../....

00.30 210 455 508 051 -51 P07 1857
RAALF 00.05 40 253 .78 061 310 277088 216 ..../....

00.35 250 456 508 053 -51 P08 2073
TOD 00.03 29 253 --- --- 310 276084 153 ..../....

00.38 279 456 528 075 -51 P09 2226
ORW 00.02 9 --- --- --- 278079 23

110.0 00.40 289 --- --- 073 --- M08 2249
PVD 00.04 27 --- --- --- 275073 68

115.6 00.44 316 --- --- 077 --- M09 2317
INNDY 00.02 15 --- --- --- 277047 39

00.46 331 --- --- 091 --- M14 2356
00.07 ---- --- --- --- --- ---- 337

KBOS 00.53 367 --- --- --- --- ---- 2694 ..../....
10000 33000 35000 37000 39000

KDCA 290043M14 283115M53 282108M55 282099M54 282093M53
SWAN 290043M15 283116M53 282108M54 281099M54 282093M53
BROS 290043M15 283116M53 282108M54 281099M53 281092M53
STIK 291041M16 282116M52 282107M53 280098M53 280090M52
OOD 293039M18 282115M51 281105M52 279097M52 279089M52
DAVY 293038M18 282114M50 281104M51 279096M51 278088M51
BRAN 292037M18 281111M50 280102M51 279095M51 278087M51
RBV 291035M19 281104M49 280098M50 279092M50 279086M50
LAUR 289035M19 280101M48 279096M49 278091M50 278085M50
JFK 288034M20 279097M48 278093M49 278089M49 278084M49
NEWE 286032M21 277088M47 276088M47 277086M48 278080M48
INND 286028M23 269077M46 270077M46 272073M46 273067M47
KBOS 000000P00 000000P00 000000P00 000000P00 000000P00
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-20

Volume 7
N. AeroData
TAKEOFF AND LANDING REPORT CHQ 1234 DCA-BOS 10JUN08
TLR-1 SEQ-19414360C 10JUN08 2002Z
A/C 437 EMB-145LR AE-3007A1P
/// TAKEOFF DATA ///
APT PRWY POAT PWIND PQNH PMRTW FL OS MAXV1 PTOW MFPTW

DCA 01 38.0 000/00 29.85 4507 9 N 122 4369 4524
RMKS WET RUNWAY
------ --- ------ ----- ------ --- ----- --- ----------------

RWY OAT WIND QNH MRTW FLP MAXV1 PWR CONFIG/CONDITION
--------------- ALT T/O-1 - DRY RWY - A/I OFF ---------------

01 01V 15
6869 FT 6869 FT 5204 FT
SPECIAL SPECIAL DT H153
OAT FLAP 9 FLAP 9 FLAP 9
42 4322/25-25-36 4322/25-25-36 3846/16-16-28
40 4338/25-25-36 4338/25-25-36 3863/16-16-29
/ 38 4345/25-25-36 4345/25-25-36 3873/16-16-29
36 4353/26-26-36 4353/26-26-36 3884/16-17-29
34 4361/26-26-36 4361/26-26-36 3896/17-17-29
HW/10KT 50 1 1 1 50 1 1 1 97 2 2 2
TW/10KT -203 -4 -4 -3 -203 -4 -4 -3 -302 -9 -6 -5
19
6869 FT
DT H186
OAT FLAP 9
42 4383/26-26-37
40 4402/26-26-37
/ 38 4413/27-27-37
36 4423/27-27-37
34 4434/27-27-38
HW/10KT 88 2 2 2
TW/10KT -269 -6 -5 -4
------------------ T/O - DRY RWY - A/I OFF ------------------

01 01V 15
42 4459/27-27-38 4459/27-27-38 4229/10-14-21
40 4518/28-28-39 4518/28-28-39 4304/10-14-22
/ 38 4573/28-28-40 4573/28-28-40 4375/11-15-23
36 4625/29-29-40 4625/29-29-40 4446/11-16-23
34 4657/29-29-41 4657/29-29-41 4484/12-16-24
HW/10KT 53 1 1 1 53 1 1 1 58 2 1 1
TW/10KT -232 -6 -4 -3 -232 -6 -4 -3 -292 -8 -4 -3
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-21

Volume 7
19
OAT FLAP 9
42 4553/29-29-39
40 4595/29-29-40
/ 38 4637/30-30-41
36 4674/30-30-41
34 4700/30-30-41
HW/10KT 91 2 2 2
TW/10KT -295 -7 -5 -4
-------- ALT T/O-1 - WET RWY - A/I ON 10C AND BELOW ---------
01 01V 15
OAT FLAP 9 FLAP 9 FLAP
42 4268/11-24-35 4268/11-24-35 ----/--------
40 4285/11-24-35 4285/11-24-35 ----/--------
/ 38 4294/11-24-35 4294/11-24-35 ----/--------
36 4303/12-25-36 4303/12-25-36 ----/--------
34 4313/12-25-36 4313/12-25-36 ----/--------
HW/10KT 69 3 1 1 69 3 1 1 0 0 0 0
TW/10KT -268-10 -5 -4 -268-10 -5 -4 -------------
19
OAT FLAP 9
42 4290/19-24-35
40 4308/20-25-36
/ 38 4319/20-25-36
36 4330/20-25-36
34 4342/20-25-36
HW/10KT 102 2 2 2
TW/10KT -292 -6 -6 -4
----------- T/O - WET RWY - A/I ON 10C AND BELOW ------------

01 01V 15
42 4384/12-26-37 4353/02-15-22 3553/96-07-16
40 4441/12-26-38 4434/03-16-23 3461/97-06-15
/ 38 4494/12-27-38 4508/04-17-24 3359/97-05-15
36 4545/13-28-39 4592/06-18-25 3263/98-04-14
34 4577/13-28-40 4639/03-18-26 3331/98-05-15
HW/10KT 74 3 1 1 56 2 1 1 509 3 5 5
TW/10KT -418-10 -8 -6 -537 -3 -7 -5 2337 -9-27-21
19
OAT FLAP 9
42 4415/21-26-37
40 4461/22-27-38
/ 38 4507/22-27-39
36 4550/23-28-39
34 4579/23-28-40
HW/10KT 104 2 2 2
TW/10KT -440 -8 -8 -7
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-22

Volume 7
------------ SPECIAL ENG FAIL TAKEOFF PROCEDURES ------------

RWY CLB VIA REACHING OR TURN AALT HOLD
01 V2 D0.4 DCA D0.4 IDCA -LT H310 1015
-INTRCPT DCA R328 AND CONTINUE / IF DCA OTS LT H320 / EARLY
ALL ENG OPERATING TURN ABOVE 400 FT OK
01V
SEE WASHINGTON DC DCA COMPLEX SPECIAL PROCEDURES VISUAL
/// LANDING DATA ///
APT PRWY POAT PWIND PQNH PMRLW FLP PLDW

BOS 04R 28.0 000/00 29.81 4800 45 4100
RMKS NONE
------ --- ------ ----- ------ --- ----- --- ----------------

RWY OAT WIND QNH MRLW FLP VREF PWR CONFIG/CONDITION
----------- FLAPS 45 - A/I OFF - NO ICE ACCRETION -----------

DRY / WET-LVIS
04L 04R 09 15R
OAT 7861 FT 8851 FT 7000 FT 9202 FT
32 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
30 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
/ 28 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
26 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
24 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A

HW/10KT 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0
TW/10KT 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0
22L 22R 27 32
OAT 8806 FT 7046 FT 7000 FT 5000 FT
32 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4731F/3924F
30 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4731F/3924F
/ 28 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4731F/3924F
26 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4731F/3924F
24 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4731F/3924F
HW/10KT 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0 69/ 300
TW/10KT 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0 -903/ -834
33L
OAT 10083 FT
32 4800A/4800A
30 4800A/4800A
/ 28 4800A/4800A
26 4800A/4800A
24 4800A/4800A
HW/10KT 0/ 0
TW/10KT 0/ 0
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-23

Volume 7
----------------- FACTORED LANDING DISTANCE -----------------

FLAP 45
LDW DRY WET/LVIS
4200 4566 5251
4150 4526 5205
4100 4486 5159
/ 4100 4486 5159
4050 4446 5113
4000 4406 5067
3950 4367 5022
HW/KT -24 -27
TW/KT 75 86
--------------- DEMONSTRATED LANDING DISTANCE ---------------

FLAP 45
LDW DRY WET
4200 2740 3151
4150 2716 3123
4100 2692 3095
/ 4100 2691 3095
4050 2668 3068
4000 2644 3040
3950 2620 3013
HW/KT -14 -16
TW/KT 45 51
END TAKEOFF AND LANDING REPORT CHQ 1234 DCA-BOS 10JUN08
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-24

Volume 7
O. Weather
BRIEFING GENERATED 10JUN08 2003 UTC
CHQ AIRLINES WEATHER BRIEFING FLT 1234 DCA-BOS
KDCA 101952Z 02008KT 8SM FEW055 36/22 A2987 RMK AO2 SLP115
T03560222
KDCA 101852Z 03007KT 10SM FEW055 35/23 A2989 RMK AO2 SLP121
T03500228 10356 20267 58010
KDCA 101721Z 101818 02009KT P6SM FEW050
FM2000 21010KT P6SM VCTS BKN050CB
TEMPO 2202 2SM TSRA BR BKN025CB
FM0200 05010KT P6SM SCT050
FM0800 02006KT P6SM SCT150
DCA KF NIL
DCA 10/181 DCA 19 ROSSLYN LDA UNUSBL BYD 25 DEG R OF CRS WEF
0610231510
DCA 09/304 DCA RCO 122.2 OTS
DCA 09/273 DCA TFR SEE FDC ZDC 7/0204 7/0206 7/0211
DCA 09/237 DCA CRANE UNKN 350 AGL DCA184004 LGTD/FLAGGED
DCA 07/159 DCA 1 ILS LLZ/DME UNUSBL BYD 14/BLW 1600
DCA 03/094 DCA OBST UNLGTD CABLE 75 AGL DCA320013
DCA 03/033 DCA OBST MOORED BALLOON 1/2 NMR DCA045002.3
800/BLW1000-0300 DLY TIL 0811010300
DCA 02/134 DCA OBST CRANE 159 AGL UNKN 5100 NW APCH END RWY
15
DCA 02/125 DCA AIRSPACE MOORED BALLOON DCA300007 1 NMR
900/BLW WEF0802181200-0902182300
DCA 02/067 DCA RWY 4 CLSD EXC TKOF/TAXI WEF 0802101900
DCA 02/066 DCA RWY 22 CLSD EXC TAXI WEF 0802101900
DCA 02/064 DCA OBST MOORED BALLOON 1 NMR DCA290007.2 900/BLW
DALGT TIL 0902081900
DCA 01/113 DCA NUMEROUS CRANES UNKN 102-300 AGL
DCA170003-DCA190004 LGTS OTS WEF 0501142145
DCA P NIL
KBOS 101954Z 08004KT 6SM HZ FEW070 28/19 A2980 RMK AO2 SLP092
T02830194
KBOS 101854Z 06003KT 5SM HZ FEW060TCU SCT090 26/19 A2983 RMK
AO2 SLP101 TCU DSNT S T02560194
KBOS 101754Z 08007KT 5SM HZ FEW075 27/20 A2985 RMK AO2 SLP106
T02670200 10294 20206 58008
TAF AMD KBOS 102127Z 102218 08006KT 5SM HZ FEW050
FM0000 08010KT P6SM SCT060 SCT250
FM0600 08010KT 6SM HZ SCT060 BKN250
FM0900 08009KT P6SM SCT090
FM1200 31011KT P6SM SKC
TAF AMD KBOS 102016Z 102118 10010KT 5SM HZ VCSH SCT050CB
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-25

Volume 7
FM0000 18010KT P6SM SCT060 SCT250

FM0900 29009KT P6SM SCT090
TAF AMD KBOS 101934Z 102018 11012KT 6SM HZ VCSH SCT050CB
FM0000 18010KT P6SM SCT060 SCT250
FM0900 29009KT P6SM SCT090
PAGE 01 10JUN08

KBOS 101832Z 101918 13012KT P6SM VCSH SCT050CB
FM0000 18010KT P6SM SCT060 SCT250
FM0900 29009KT P6SM SCT090
BOS KF NIL
BOS 04/102 BOS TWY PAEW BTWN RWY 4L AND RWY 4R FM TWY N TO
TWY K
BOS 04/101 BOS NAV RWY 22L ILS DME OTS
BOS 04/100 BOS NAV RWY 4R ILS DME OTS
BOS 04/096 BOS RAMP PAEW BTN NORTH GATE AND TERMINAL E
BOS 04/090 BOS TWY PAEW BTWN TWY A/B FM TWY L TO TWY E
TWY C
BOS 04/064 BOS RWY 15L/33R CLSD
BOS 04/051 BOS RWY 14/32 CLSD
BOS 03/215 BOS AD HEAVY BIRD ACTIVITY
BOS 02/320 BOS RWY 4L REIL OTS
BOS P NIL
KIAD 101952Z 22006KT 10SM FEW050 35/21 A2986 RMK AO2 SLP107
T03500206
KIAD 101852Z 22007KT 6SM HZ FEW050 SCT100 35/22 A2988 RMK AO2
SLP114 T03500222
KIAD 101752Z VRB05KT 8SM FEW050 34/22 A2989 RMK AO2 SLP118
T03440222 10344 20256 58013
KIAD 101721Z 101818 VRB05KT P6SM FEW045 SCT090
FM0100 26010KT P6SM SCT050
FM0700 31006KT P6SM SCT150
IAD KF NIL
IAD 08/072 IAD TFR SEE FDC ZDC 7/0204 7/0206

IAD 04/026 IAD RWY 1L ALS OTS
IAD 04/023 IAD RWY 1L SFL OTS
IAD 03/066 IAD TWY K CLSD BTN TWY J2 TWY J3
IAD 02/002 IAD TWY E CLSD BTN E2 E3
IAD 02/001 IAD TWY E AND TWY E2 NONSTD MARKINGS
IAD 01/071 IAD RWY UNDER CONST 4400 W RWY 1L/19R
IAD 01/064 IAD RWY 19R ALSF-2 VICE SSALR ON INST APCH CHARTS
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-26

Volume 7
IAD P NIL
KPHL 101954Z 23010KT 10SM FEW065 SCT250 36/19 A2985 RMK AO2
SLP106 T03610194
SLP111 T03560189
SLP115 T03560189 10356 20278 58013
KPHL 101727Z 101818 23008KT P6SM FEW050 SCT250
FM2000 22009KT P6SM VCTS SCT040CB
TEMPO 2303 1SM TSRA OVC015CB
FM0400 28010KT P6SM BKN080
FM0600 34009KT P6SM SCT100
PHL KF NIL
PAGE 02 10JUN08
PHL 08/069 PHL 17/35 LDA 5260

PHL 08/068 PHL 17/35 TODA 5260
PHL 04/034 PHL RWY 8/26 NON STANDARD SAFETY AREA LOCATED 2400
FTEAST OF RWY 26 THR 3 FT TRENCH
PHL 04/006 PHL TWY S1 NON STANDARD SAFETY AREA LOCATED 65 FT
EASTAND WEST OF S1 3 FT TRENCH
PHL 03/013 PHL OBST CRANE 55 AGL 100 NORTH 17 THD AND 300
WEST17/35 EXTND CENTERLINE 0300-1100 DLY 0803040300-0803091100
PHL 02/032 PHL NAV RWY 26 ILS DME UNUSBL 5 NM-INBD
PHL 02/008 PHL RWY 17/35 NON STANDARD SAFETY AREA LOCATED 200
FTSOUTH THR RWY 35 5 FT BERMS/1 FT CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES
PHL 02/007 PHL TWY R CENTERLINE LGTS OTS EDGE REFLECTORS IN
USE
PHL 02/004 PHL RWY 35 REIL OTS
PHL 02/003 PHL RWY 35 VASI OTS
PHL 02/002 PHL RWY 17 PAPI OTS
PHL 01/090 PHL TWY D2 NON STANDARD SAFETY AREA BTN RWY
17/35 AND TWY D UP TO 1 FT SOIL BERM
PHL 01/089 PHL RWY 17 RWY SAFETY AREA 5 FT SOIL BERM 200 N
RWY 17 THR
PHL 01/081 PHL TWY S CENTERLINE REFLECTORS IN USE BTN TWY D E
CROSSING AER 35
PHL 01/080 PHL RAMP TERMINAL DE ALLEYWAY CENTERLINE LGTS OTS
CENTERLINE REFLECTORS IN USE
PHL 01/078 PHL RAMP TERMINAL CD ALLEYWAY CENTERLINE LGTS OTS
CENTERLINE REFLECTORS IN USE
PHL 01/055 PHL RTR 125.125 OTS
PHL 01/012 PHL 17 ILS LLZ UNUSBL 15 DEG L OF CRS
PHL P NIL
KLGA 101951Z 18011KT 9SM FEW075 35/18 A2983 RMK AO2 SLP102
T03500183
KLGA 101851Z 18010KT 10SM FEW075 37/18 A2984 RMK AO2 WSHFT 1747
SLP104 T03670178
KLGA 101751Z 20010G16KT 160V230 10SM FEW080 36/18 A2985 RMK AO2
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-27

Volume 7
SLP108 T03560178 10361 20306 58008

TAF AMD KLGA 101858Z 101918 18012KT P6SM FEW050
FM2200 20014KT P6SM SCT050CB SCT200
FM0300 27012KT 5SM -SHRA BR SCT050 BKN150
FM0600 32007KT P6SM SCT050
KLGA 101735Z 101818 22014KT P6SM FEW050
FM2200 20014KT P6SM SCT050CB SCT200
FM0300 27012KT 5SM -SHRA BR SCT050 BKN150
FM0600 32007KT P6SM SCT050
LGA KF NIL
LGA 12/074 LGA 22 ILS OM DCMSND

LGA 06/113 LGA VOR RELOCATED 404716.59N/0735237.71W
LGA 06/112 LGA DME RELOCATED 404716.55N/0735238.55W
LGA 04/037 LGA NAV VOR/DME UNMNT WEF 0804090900
LGA 04/032 LGA RWY 4 ILS LLZ OTS WEF 0804080555
LGA 04/027 LGA RWY 13/31 IN-PAVEMENT GUARD LGTS RWY 13/31
ELEVATEDGUARD LGTS OTS AT TWY Z P
LGA 04/015 LGA TWY Q RWY 4/22 GUARD LGTS IN PAVEMENT OTS
LGA 04/010 LGA RWY 4/22 IN PAVEMENT GUARD LGTS OTS TWY U
LGA 03/075 LGA TWY D F CLSD BTN BB/Y
LGA 03/074 LGA TWY D-F CLSD BTN BB AND Y
LGA 03/073 LGA TWY E CLSD BTWN RWY 4/22 AND DD DD CLSD BTWN
E ANDG AA CLSD BTWN Y AND G CC CLSD BTWN E AND G
LGA 03/072 LGA TWY B CLSD BTWN N AND Z W AND V AND RWY
13/31
LGA 03/070 LGA TWY EDGE LGT Y C CY D E RWY 4/22-B TWY B
4-EOTS
LGA 03/069 LGA TWY CNTLN LGTS OTS TWY R BTWN RWY 13/31 AND
TWY P
LGA 03/068 LGA TWY B CNTLN OTS BTWN G AND H
LGA 03/067 LGA TWY CNTLN LGTS ON TWY B BTWN H AND TWY M OTS
LGA 03/066 LGA TWY P MANDATORY SIGN FOR RWY 13/31 OTS
LGA 03/065 LGA RWY GUARD LGTS OTS ON TWY P W SIDE OF RWY 4/22
LGA 03/064 LGA TWY EDGE LGTS D/F OTS W OF BB
LGA 03/063 LGA APRON HELIPAD APEX TWY D/F/Y CLSD
LGA 03/062 LGA RWY R AND V RCLL OTS RWY 13/31-B
LGA 03/061 LGA RWY FENCE 9 AGL 450 SE RWY 31 THR 6300 SE RWY
4/22CNTRLN 400 NE RWY 13/31 CNTRLN
LGA 03/059 LGA TWY 13/31 MADATORY SIGN AT TWY S OTS
LGA 03/058 LGA TWY 4/22 MANDATORY SGN AT F OTS
LGA 03/057 LGA TWY CNTLN LGTS OTS TWY B BTWN M AND V
LGA 03/056 LGA TWY ZA DESIGNATED NON-MVMT AREA BTWN 0700-2300
DLYCTC US AIWAYS RAMP CONTROL 129.87
LGA 03/055 LGA TWY CNTLN LGTS OTS TWY B BTWN M AND V
LGA 03/054 LGA TWY EDGE LGTS P RWY 4/22-B F G RWY 4/22-A
AND Q RWY 4/22-R GG A-B R RWY 13/31-P OTS
LGA 03/053 LGA TWY EDGE LGTS TWYS A/B OTS E-Z M OTS A-Z
LGA 03/052 LGA TWY Y TWY DCMSND BB-F
LGA 03/051 LGA TWY 4/22 MANDATORY SIGN AT TWY F OTS
LGA 03/050 LGA TWY NON STD TWY MRKNS TWY B BTWN V AND Z TWY
PBTWN BB AND S TWY AA BTWN TWY G-P TWY Z BTWN AB TWY V BTWN A
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-28

Volume 7
AND B
LGA 03/049 LGA OBST CRANE 2689 FT NW AER 22 188 160 AGL LGT
DWN ATNIGHT
LGA 03/047 LGA TWY EDGE LGTS E F G P OTS RWY 4/22-AA AA
RWY13/31-P OTS
LGA 03/046 LGA TWY A BTWN H AND Z CNTRLN LGTS OTS
LGA 03/043 LGA RWY 31 REIL OTS
LGA 03/042 LGA OBST CRANE 300 AGL 3250 NE AER 4 3450 SE
AER 13LGTD AND FLGD TIL 0808310459
LGA 03/038 LGA OBST TOWER 1550 1530 AGL 5 W LGTD
LGA 02/056 LGA TWY U EDGE LGTS BTN RWY 4/22 AND TWY R OTS
LGA 02/055 LGA TWY R EDGE LGTS BTN RWY 4/22 AND RWY 13/31 OTS
LGA 02/054 LGA TWY L CTR LINE LGTS BTN TWY A AND TWY B OTS
LGA 02/045 LGA TWY V EDGE LGTS BTN RWY 13/31 B OTS
LGA 02/044 LGA TWY T EDGE LGTS OTS
LGA 02/042 LGA TWY P CNTLN LGTS BTN RWY 13/33 TWY BB OTS
LGA 02/041 LGA TWY G CNTLN LGTS BTN P CC OTS
LGA 02/036 LGA RWY 4/22 IN-PAVEMENT GUARD LGHTS OTS
W RWY AT AA CY D E F G Y YY
LGA 02/016 LGA RWY 13/31 MANDATORY SIGN NW CORNER TWY R OTS
LGA 01/042 LGA 4 PETHS NDB/ILS LO OTS
LGA P NIL
PAGE 03 10JUN08

KPVD 101951Z 17009KT 7SM FEW050 SCT300 33/20 A2984 RMK AO2
SLP104 T03330200
KPVD 101851Z 16010KT 9SM FEW055TCU SCT300 34/19 A2985 RMK AO2
SLP107 TCU N T03440194
KPVD 101751Z 17012KT 8SM SCT055TCU 34/20 A2986 RMK AO2 SLP110
TCU OHD AND NE T03390200 10344 20272 58010
KPVD 101732Z 101818 18013KT P6SM FEW050 SCT250
FM0300 22008KT 6SM HZ FEW060 BKN250
FM0800 30005KT 5SM HZ BKN250
PVD KF NIL
PVD 12/037 PVD 34 ILS GP UNUSBL BYD 5 DEGS RIGHT OF CNTRLN

PVD 04/045 PVD TWY C1 CLSD
PVD 04/044 PVD TWY B C E RWY 5/23 CLSD
PVD 04/039 PVD RWY 5/23 RCLL NONSTD
PVD 04/031 PVD OBST CRANE UNKN 170AGL 2.3 W 1300-1830 DLY
WEF 0804081300
PVD 02/182 PVD RWY 23 ILS LLZ UNUSBL BYD 10 DEGS RIGHT OF CRS
PVD P NIL
KBDL 101951Z 19011G17KT 10SM FEW070 37/18 A2981 RMK AO2 SLP091
T03670178
KBDL 101851Z 22008G14KT 10SM FEW060 36/17 A2982 RMK AO2 SLP096
T03610172
KBDL 101751Z 21010KT 10SM FEW060 36/18 A2983 RMK AO2 SLP100
T03610183 10361 20250 58014
KBDL 101732Z 101818 18008KT P6SM FEW050
FM1900 20014KT P6SM FEW060 FEW250
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-29

Volume 7
FM2300 18007KT P6SM BKN050CB BKN250

FM0600 26006KT 6SM HZ SCT060 SCT100 BKN250
BDL KF NIL
BDL 03/033 BDL RWY 1 CLSD LDG

BDL 03/032 BDL RWY 19 CLSD TKOF
BDL 01/150 BDL AD FENCE FM GATE B23 TO GATE A20 ACROSS
TERMINALRAMP MARKED WITH LGTS
BDL P NIL
PAGE 04 10JUN08

WA3S
CHIS WA 101445
AIRMET SIERRA UPDT 4 FOR IFR VALID UNTIL 102100
.
AIRMET IFR...ND MN WI LS MI
FROM 50WNW INL TO YQT TO SAW TO BRD TO FAR TO 50WNW INL
CIG BLW 010/VIS BLW 3SM PCPN/BR/FG. CONDS ENDG 16-18Z.
.
AIRMET IFR...KS MO IL OK TX AR LA
FROM IRK TO STL TO ELD TO ACT TO AMA TO END TO MCI TO IRK
CIG BLW 010/VIS BLW 3SM BR/FG. CONDS ENDG 16-18Z.
....
WA3Z
CHIZ WA 101445
AIRMET ZULU UPDT 2 FOR ICE AND FRZLVL VALID UNTIL 102100
.
NO SGFNT ICE EXP OUTSIDE OF CNVTV ACT.
.
FRZLVL...RANGING FROM 055-150 ACRS AREA
080 ALG 50NNE ISN-40SSW DLH-50NW RHI-70NNE SAW
120 ALG 50WNW RAP-30ENE RAP-30E OBH-20SE PWE-30SW COU-20NNW
CVG
....
WA3T
CHIT WA 101445
AIRMET TANGO UPDT 2 FOR TURB VALID UNTIL 102100
.
AIRMET TURB...ND SD NE KS MN IA MO WI LM LS MI LH IL IN KY
FROM 50NNW ISN TO YQT TO SSM TO YVV TO 50ENE ECK TO 30SE ECK TO
DXO TO FWA TO CVG TO HNN TO BWG TO 30N DYR TO RZC TO 70NW RAP
TO50NNW ISN
MOD TURB BTN FL240 AND FL430. CONDS CONTG BYD 21Z THRU 03Z.
....
KCHI G NIL
WA1S
BOSS WA 101749 AMD
AIRMET SIERRA UPDT 4 FOR IFR AND MTN OBSCN VALID UNTIL 102100
.
AIRMET IFR...ME NH MA AND CSTL WTRS
FROM 50WSW YSJ TO 140ENE ACK TO 120SE ACK TO 30ENE ENE TO 20SE
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-30

Volume 7
BGR TO 50WSW YSJ

CIG BLW 010/VIS BLW 3SM BR. CONDS ENDG CSTL ME 17Z. CONTG OVR
WTRS BYD 21Z THRU 03Z.
.
AIRMET MTN OBSCN...VT NY...UPDT
FROM YSC TO 40ENE ALB TO 30ENE HNK TO SYR TO MSS TO YSC
MTNS OCNL OBSC BY CLDS/PCPN. CONDS CONTG BYD 21Z ENDG 00Z.
....
KBOS G NIL
PAGE 05 10JUN08

SIGC
MKCC WST 101955
CONVECTIVE SIGMET 39C
VALID UNTIL 2155Z
LA TX AND CSTL WTRS
FROM 20SSE BTR-30NW PSX
LINE TS 45 NM WIDE MOV LTL. TOPS ABV FL450.
VALID UNTIL 2155Z
FL AL MS LA AND AL MS CSTL WTRS
FROM 40W MGM-60W TLH-20NNW HRV-20NW MCB-40W MGM
AREA SEV TS MOV FROM 26005KT. TOPS ABV FL450.
HAIL TO 1 IN...WIND GUSTS TO 50KT POSS.
OUTLOOK VALID 102155-110155
AREA 1...FROM 30N VUZ-50S CEW-90SE PSX-CRP-40S CWK-30SW MEI-30N
VUZ
WST ISSUANCES EXPD. REFER TO MOST RECENT ACUS01 KWNS FROM STORM
PREDICTION CENTER FOR SYNOPSIS AND METEOROLOGICAL DETAILS.
AREA 2...FROM 70NW SLN-50W ICT-30W CDS-30W TXO-GLD-70NW SLN
WST ISSUANCES POSS. REFER TO MOST RECENT ACUS01 KWNS FROM STORM
AREA 3...FROM 50N GGW-40SW ISN-30W BIS-40SSE DPR-50N BFF-30S
DDY-30E CZI-50NE DBS-70SE HLN-40S YQL-50N GGW
SIGE
MKCE WST 101955
CONVECTIVE SIGMET 62E
VALID UNTIL 2155Z
ME NH
FROM 50WNW MLT-50N ENE
DMSHG LINE TS 40 NM WIDE MOV FROM 25020KT. TOPS TO FL420.
VALID UNTIL 2155Z
NH VT NY
FROM 40SSE YSC-40N MPV-50NNE ALB
LINE SEV TS 30 NM WIDE MOV FROM 25035KT. TOPS ABV FL450.
TORNADOES...HAIL TO 2.5 IN...WIND GUSTS TO 60KT POSS.
PAGE 06 10JUN08
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-31

Volume 7

VALID UNTIL 2155Z
NY PA OH LO LE
FROM 60NE BUF-40W EWC
LINE TS 40 NM WIDE MOV FROM 24035KT. TOPS TO FL330.
VALID UNTIL 2155Z
PA MD VA NC WV SC OH TN KY
FROM JST-30W EMI-30W SPA-30NW VXV-HNN-JST
AREA SEV TS MOV FROM 24030KT. TOPS TO FL430.
VALID UNTIL 2155Z
GA TN AL
FROM 30E GQO-20E VUZ-10NW MGM
LINE TS 35 NM WIDE MOV FROM 25015KT. TOPS TO FL440.
VALID UNTIL 2155Z
FL GA AND CSTL WTRS
FROM 20WSW SAV-30E ORL-40NE PIE-60SE CEW-20WSW SAV
AREA SEV TS MOV LTL. TOPS ABV FL450.
VALID UNTIL 2155Z
FL AND CSTL WTRS
FROM 30N PBI-50SW MIA
LINE TS 35 NM WIDE MOV LTL. TOPS ABV FL450.
VALID UNTIL 2155Z
MI WI LS LM
FROM 40WNW SAW-SSM-40ENE GRB-40WNW SAW
VALID UNTIL 2155Z
MI LH
FROM 40NE TVC-30NE MBS-50NE MKG-40NE TVC
AREA 1...FROM 60NW PQI-HUL-BOS-30W BDL-50S SBY-70S
ECG-CLT-160SEMIA-80SW EYW-60W SRQ-50S CEW-30N VUZ-BUF-60NW PQI
REF WW 499 500 501 502.
AREA 2...FROM 70WNW SSM-70NE ASP-50NE ECK-MBS-30SE GRB-50NW
SAW-70WNW SSM
PAGE 07 10JUN08
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-32

Volume 7
FDC 8/9628 DCA FI/T RONALD REAGAN WASHINGTON NATL

WASHINGTON DC. TAKE-OFF MINIMUMS AND OBSTACLE DEPARTURE
PROCEDURES... TAKE OFF MINIMUMS RWY 22 500-3 OR STANDARD
WITH A MINIMUM CLIMB OF 280 FEET PER NM TO 700.
NOTE RWY 22 TEMPORARY CRANE 4989 ACUTE FROM DEPARTURE
END OF RUNWAY 849 FT RIGHT OF CENTERLINE 98 FT
AGL/146 FT MSL. BLDG 2.39 NM FROM DEPARTURE END OF
RUNWAY 1054 FT RIGHT OF CENTERLINE 342 FT AGL/462 FT
MSL. TEMPORARY CRANE 146 FT MSL 5061 FT SW OF RWY 4.
FDC 8/0458 DCA FI/P RONALD REAGAN WASHINGTON NATIONAL
WASHINGTON DC.
LDA/DME RWY 19 AMDT 2A. CORRECT CHART MINIMA CHANGE CAT D
CIRCLING VISIBILITY TO 2 1/4 VICE 3.
WASHINGTON DC. ILS RWY 1 AMDT 40...
ILS RWY 1 CAT II AMDT 40...
S-LOC 1 MDA 620/HAT 605 ALL CATS. VISIBILITY CAT C RVR
6000 CAT D 1 1/2.
CIRCLING MDA 720/HAA 705 ALL CATS. VISIBILITY CAT C 2.
MISSED APPROACH CLIMB TO 500 THEN CLIMBING LEFT TURN TO
2100 VIA WASHINGTON DCA R-325 TO GEORGETOWN GTN
NDB/INT/DCA 5.9 DME AND HOLD.
ALTERNATE MINIMUMS S-ILS CATS A/B/C 800-2 CAT D 800-2
1/4. S-LOC CAT D 800-2 1/4.
TEMPORARY CRANES 302-344 MSL 3.01 NM SOUTH OF RWY 1.
WASHINGTON DC. RNAV GPS RWY 33 ORIG...
LPV DA 338/HAT 325 ALL CATS. VISIBILITY 1 ALL CATS.
LNAV MDA 780/HAT 767 ALL CATS. VISIBILITY CAT B 1 1/4 CAT
C 2 1/4 CAT D 2 1/2.
CIRCLING MDA 780/HAA 765 ALL CATS.
VDP NA.
TEMPORARY CRANE 480 MSL 3.16 NM S OF RWY 33.
WASHINGTON DC. VOR/DME RNAV OR GPS RWY 4 AMDT 6B...
MISSED APPROACH CLIMBING LEFT TURN TO 2100 DIRECT
GEORGETOWN WP AND HOLD.
WASHINGTON DC. TAKE-OFF MINIMUMS AND OBSTACLE DEPARTURE
PROCEDURES... TAKE OFF MINIMUMS RWY 19 300 - 2 OR
STANDARD WITH A MINIMUM CLIMB OF 310 FEET PER NM TO 400.
TEMP CRANE 7 699 FEET FROM DEPARTURE END OF RWY 1 690 FEET
RIGHT OF CENTERLINE 214 FEET AGL/247 FEET MSL. REST OF
PROCEDURE REMAINS AS PUBLISHED.
FDC 6/5900 DCA FI/T RONALD REAGAN WASHINGTON NATL WASHINGTON DC.
VOR RWY 1 AMDT 12...
S-1 MDA 660/HAT 646 ALL CATS. VISIBILITY CAT C RVR 6000 CAT D
1 1/2. CIRCLING MDA 720/HAA 705 ALL CATS.
MISSED APPROACH CLIMBING LEFT TURN TO 2100 VIA WASHINGTON
DCA R-325 TO GEORGETOWN GTN NDB/INT/DCA 5.9 DME AND HOLD.
VDP NA.
TEMP CRANES 302-344 MSL 3.01 NM SOUTH OF RWY 1.
FDC 6/4985 DCA FI/T RONALD REAGAN WASHINGTON NATL WASHINGTON DC.
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-33

Volume 7
COPTER ILS OR LOC RWY 1 ORIG-B...

S-LOC 1 MDA 620/HAT 605.
TEMP CRANE 302 MSL 3.01 NM SOUTH RWY 1.
UAR 03/011 DCA AIRSPACE WZRRD TWO ARRIVAL
SHAAR TRANSITION ROUTE FROM DRUZZ INT TO WZRRD INT NOT
AUTHORIZED. AFTER DRUZZ INT EXPECT RADAR VECTORS TO AML VORTAC.
PAGE 08 10JUN08

UAR 03/008 DCA AIRSPACE ELDEE THREE ARRIVAL CHANGE CROSSING
RESTRICTION AT PUGEE TO AT OR ABOVE 12 000. DELETE CROSSING
RESTRICTION AT CAPSS. CHANGE CROSSING RESTRICTION AT WZRRD TO
AT OR ABOVE 10 000. DELETE CROSSING RESTRICTION AT DARIC.
AT OR ABOVE 10 000. DELETE CROSSING RESTRICTION AT DARIC.
UAR 02/024 DCA AIRSPACE WZRRD TWO ARRIVAL SHAAR TRANSITION
ROUTEFROM DRUZZ INT TO WZRRD INT NOT AUTHORIZED. AFTER DRUZZ
INT EXPECTRADARVECTORS TO AML VORTAC. BECKLEY/CHARLESTON
TRANSITIONS ROUTEFROMLDN VORTAC TO WZRRD INT NOT AUTHORIZED.
AFTER LDN VORTAC EXPECTRADAR VECTORS TO AML.
AT ORABOVE 10 000.
UAR 08/016 BOS GDM3 THREE ARRIVAL.

KENNEDY TRANSITION TO BE ASSIGNED BY ATC ONLY.
UAR 08/011 BOS SCUPP THREE ARRIVAL...
KENNEDY TRANSITION UNUSBL UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE
RAALF TRANSITION DELETE SEGMENT FROM JFK VOR/DME
TO RAALF INT CHANGE INITIAL ROUTING TO READ FROM
OVER RAALF INT VIA ORW R-261 TO ORW VOR/DME REST
OF ROUTE UNCHANGED.
FDC 6/9460 BOS FI/T GEN EDWARD LAWRENCE LOGAN INTL BOSTON MA.
RNAV GPS RWY 33L ORIG-A...
LNAV/VNAV DA 556/HAT 540 ALL CATS. VIS RVR 6000 ALL CATS.
USD 04/081 BOS AIRSPACE LOGAN FOUR DEPARTURE TAKE-OFF RWY
4R/L 14 15R 27 33L NA EXFCEPT FOR AIRCRAFT EQUIPPED
WITH SUITABLE RNAV SYSTEM WITH GPS BOS VOR/DME OTS.
PAGE 09 10JUN08
END BRIEFING
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-34

Volume 7
P. Flight Script
Profile: DCA-BOS
Filed Route: DCA..SWANN..BROSS.J42.RBV.J222.JFK.INNDY2.BOS
DCA Information "Juliet"
Time ________ Zulu Weather, Winds 020 at 11, Visibility 8, Few at 5,500 , Temperature
36, Dew Point 22, Altimeter 2987. Departing Runways 01 and 33. Arrivals expect Mount
Vernon Visual Runway 01. Notices to Airmen, special noise abatement and prohibited area
P-56 avoidance procedures are in effect. Advise on initial contact you have information
"Juliet".
DCA Frequencies:
ATIS: 132.65
Clearance: 128.25
Ground: 121.7
Tower: 119.1
Departure: 126.55
Atlanta Radio: 129.5/131.9
AFTER RECEIVING ATIS: (AT GATE 35 Commuter Parking):
CHQ 1234: Washington Clearance Delivery, CHQ 1234 Boston with ______
Clearance:
CHQ 1234, cleared to Boston via the noise abatement and prohibited area P-56 avoid-
ance procedures to the northwest, radar vectors SWANN, as filed, maintain 5,000,
expect FL310 one-zero minutes after departure, departure frequency 126.55, squawk
5565
CHQ 1234: (Reads back clearance)
Clearance: CHQ 1234, read back correct
CHQ 1234: Washington Ground, CHQ 1234, taxi from gate 35 with ________
Ground: CHQ 1234, taxi to Runway 01 via N, J, hold short of 22,"

CHQ 1234: CHQ 1234, taxi to Runway 01 via N, J, hold short of 22," CHQ 1234
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-35

Volume 7
AIRCRAFT AT HOLD SHORT:
Ground: CHQ 1234, Cross 22, monitor the tower on the other side.
CHQ 1234: Cross 22, monitor the tower on the other side, CHQ 1234
AIRCRAFT AT RUNWAY:
CHQ 1234: Washington Tower, CHQ 1234 ready for takeoff Runway 01
Tower: CHQ 1234, Winds 020 at 06, cleared for takeoff Runway 01
CHQ 1234: Cleared for takeoff, CHQ 1234
AFTER AIRCRAFT REACHES 1,000 AGL:
Tower: CHQ 1234, contact departure
CHQ 1234: Contact departure, CHQ 1234
CHQ 1234: Potomac Departure, CHQ 1234 _____, climbing 5,000
Departure: CHQ 1234, Potomac Departure, radar contact, climb maintain 14,000
CHQ 1234: 14,000, CHQ 1234
BEYOND 10 DME ON DCA R-328:
Departure: CHQ 1234, turn right heading 020
CHQ 1234: Turn right heading 020, CHQ 1234
Departure: CHQ 1234, direct SWANN, on course
CHQ 1234: Direct SWANN, on course, CHQ 1234
APPROACHING SWANN:
Departure: CHQ 1234, contact Washington Center on 135.8
CHQ 1234: 135.8, CHQ 1234
CHQ 1234: Washington Center, CHQ 1234, _________ climbing 14,000
Center: CHQ 1234, climb and maintain FL310

CHQ 1234: Climb and maintain FL310, CHQ 1234
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-36

Volume 7
AFTER WOODSTOWN:
Center: CHQ 1234, contact New York Center on 129.8
CHQ 1234: 129.8, CHQ 1234
CHQ 1234: New York Center, CHQ 1234, FL310
Center: CHQ 1234, roger
APPROACHING JFK:
Center: CHQ 1234, contact Boston Center on 133.2
CHQ 1234: 133.2, CHQ 1234
CHQ 1234: Boston Center, CHQ 1234, FL310
Center: CHQ 1234, cross NEWES at FL240
CHQ 1234: Cross NEWES at FL240, CHQ 1234.
AFTER CROSSING NEWES:
Center: CHQ 1234, cross PVD at 11,000 and 250 KTS, Boston altimeter 29.80.
CHQ 1234: Cross PVD at 11,000 and 250 KTS, 30.08, CHQ 1234
BOS Information "India"
Time _____ Zulu Weather, Winds 080 at 05, Visibility 4, Haze, Few at 5,000, Temper-
ature 28, Dew Point 19, Altimeter 2980. Expect ILS 4R. Advise on initial contact you
have information “India”.
APPROACHING PROVIDENCE VOR:
Center: CHQ 1234, contact Boston Approach on 120.6

CHQ 1234: 120.6, CHQ 1234
CHQ 1234: Boston Approach, CHQ 1234, level 11,000, 250 KTS assigned with
information "_____"
Approach: CHQ 1234, Cross INNDY at 8,000, and 210KTS

CHQ 1234: Cross INNDY at 8,000, 210 KTS CHQ 1234
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-37

Volume 7
AFTER INNDY
Approach: CHQ 1234, Descend and maintain 4,000, fly heading (XXX), intercept
runway 4R localizer.
CHQ 1234: Descend and maintain 4,000, heading (XXX), intercept 4R localizer.
APPROACHING 4 R LOC:
Approach: CHQ 1234, intercepting Runway 4R localizer, you are cleared ILS 4R
approach
CHQ 1234: Upon intercepting 4R LOC, cleared ILS 4R, CHQ 1234
Approach: CHQ 1234, contact tower 132.22 MILTT inbound
CHQ 1234: 132.22 MILTT inbound, CHQ 1234
CHQ 1234: Boston Tower, CHQ 1234, MILTT inbound
Tower: CHQ 1234, Winds 090 at 05, cleared to land Runway 4R
CHQ 1234: Cleared to land 4R, CHQ 1234
AFTER LANDING:
Tower: CHQ 1234, left turn on Y, 33R, hold short of 4L, monitor tower on 128.8
CHQ 1234: Y, 33R, hold short of 4L, tower on 128.8, CHQ 1234
Tower: CHQ 1234, cross 4L, left on N, ground 121.9 on N
CHQ 1234: Cross 4L, left on N, 121.9 on N, CHQ 1234
CHQ 1234: Boston Ground, CHQ 1234 on N, taxi to gate B5
Ground: CHQ 1234, taxi via N, A to the gate
CHQ 1234: N, A, to the gate, CHQ 1234
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-38

Volume 7
Q. List of Required Charts

1. Low Altitude Charts 47/48
2. High Altitude charts 7/8
3. KDCA 10-1B
4. KDCA 10-4/10-4A
5. KDCA 10-9/10-9A
6. KDCA 11-1
7. KBOS 10-2A
8. KBOS 10-9/10-9A
9. KBOS 10-9B
10. KBOS 11-2
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-39

Section 7 Overview: LOFT A Scenarios - Abnormal
Volume 7

EMB-145
BOS-YYZ
A. Overview
After an uneventful flight to BOS, the crew will fly N267SK on flight 1235 to YYZ. Dur-
ing ground operations and cruise flight, the crew will be presented with one or more
possible scenarios. The instructor will need to place orange stickers on the applicable
MEL'd items.
B. Introduction
LOFT is designed to present the crew with a "real world" scenario and the exercise
should proceed without instructor aid. The instructor should act as ATC, dispatch,
maintenance, etc. Some malfunctions are contained in the profiles to create flexibility
in the instructor's role. The instructor should allow the Captain to exercise judgment
(good or bad) in normal and less than normal conditions. The instructor is encouraged
to stay within the framework of the program. Crews are encouraged to treat LOFT as
a real flight with established departure and arrival times versus the liberal start-up
allowances of a proficiency check.
C. Desired Crew Parameters of Performance:

1. Follows recommended procedures and performance requirements
2. Verifies aircraft has been loaded within CG and performance limits
3. Plans flight in accordance with available weather information, verifying all aspects
of preflight planning that dispatch has provided, including the need for an alternate
when going to Canada
4. Conforms with Sterile Cockpit Procedures
5. Keep passengers informed of changing conditions as conditions and workload
permit
6. Uses proper emergency, abnormal, and normal procedures
7. Uses effective flight deck crew coordination and workload sharing techniques
8. Uses effective crew coordination between flight deck crew and flight attendant
9. Conducts flight in a timely manner as conditions permit
10. Maintains contact with Company radio
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-40

Volume 7
D. Materials Required:
1. Minimum Equipment List
2. Normal Checklists
3. Emergency/Abnormal Checklists
4. EMB-145 POH
5. Aircraft Logbook
6. Flight Log Deferred Index
7. Flight Block Schedule
8. Load Manifests
9. Passenger Count Forms
10. Load Report
11. Release, AeroData, Weather, NOTAM Printouts
12. Appropriate Current Charts
13. See Gee Wheel
14. General Declaration for Canadian Arrivals
15. General Operations Manual (GOM)
16. License
17. Medical
18. Passport
E. Notes to the Instructor:

1. For takeoff and landing, set weather in simulator as used in ATIS reports
2. At BOS USAirways uses terminal B gates. At YYZ they use gate B7
3. APU is inoperative - will need GPU and ground power to start
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-41

Volume 7
F. Possible Scenarios “Instructor Use Only”

Select one item from the bold categories. Do not combine malfunctions
simultaneously.
Avionics Malfunctions:
• Failure of FMS (revert to basic navigation)
• Loss of Captain’s IC-600 computer
Pressurization Malfunctions:
• Rapid decompression (emergency descent procedure)
• Slow leak
Flight Control Malfunctions:
• Inoperative Main Pitch Trim
Landing Gear Malfunctions:
• Landing gear does not extend (manual extension required)
Electrical Malfunctions:
• Loss of all generators
• Battery 1 Overheat
Fuel Malfunctions:
• Pump 1A Failed
• Pump 1B Failed
• Pump 1C Failed
• Fuel Low Temp at cruise
Autopilot Malfunctions:
• Complete failure
Engine Malfunctions:
• Engine 2 Oil Leak
• Engine 2 Fire
Misc:
• "One crewmember feigns unconsciousness"
• "APU failure with automatic shutdown"
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-42

Volume 7
G. Aircraft Logbook
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-43

Volume 7
H. Flight Log Deferred Index
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-44

Volume 7
I. Flight Blocks Schedule

CHAUTAUQUA AIRLINES INC.
DCA EMB-145 Flight Blocks
BLK #A DCA MON-FRI
FLT# LEAVE ARRIVE

1234 1700 DCA 1753 BOS
1235 1930 BOS 2046 YYZ
3119 2115 YYZ 2217 PIT
3175 2305 PIT 0028 DCA
DUTY TIME 08+28 HOURS

FLIGHT TIME 04+24 HOURS
REPORT TIME 1615 LOCAL
OFF DUTY TIME 0043 LOCAL
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-45

Volume 7
J. Chautauqua Airlines Load Manifest
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-46

Volume 7
K. Passenger Count Form
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-47

Volume 7
L. Load Report
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-48

Volume 7
M. Flight Release
---------------------------------------------------------------
FLIGHT 1235 CHAUTAUQUA AIRLINES 10JUN2008
---------------------------------------------------------------
DEP DEST TAXI BURN ALT RESV HOLD TNKR MIN RAMP
---- ---- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
KBOS CYYZ 400 3972 1125 1900 0 203 6997 7600
ALT1 ALT2 T/OALT AUTHORIZED DPT TIME - 2330Z

---- ---- ------
KBUF PLANNED - PYLD PAX
10000
TAIL A/C TYPE BOW INDEX EST MAX - PYLD PAX BAGS
N267SK EMB-145LR 027938 -06.28 0
437 --ABV PYLD NUMBERS FOR--
-----PLANNING ONLY------
IFR
(FPL-CHQ1235-IS
-E145/M-SDRWZ/S
-KBOS2330
-N455F340 BOS MHT SUR V36 YYZ
-KBOS0116 KBUF
-REG/N267SK OPR/CHAUTAUQUA AIRLINES COM/ TCAS NAV/RNVD1E1A1
MTXW 4873
MFPTW 4652/LS PTOW 4614 MRTW 4802/F09/O P07/0000/29.81/22R
MLDW 4255/S PLDW 4217 MRLW 4255/F45/S P15/0000/29.81/15L
---------------------------------------------------------------
MEL/CDL ITEMS
ATA DESCRIPTION EXPIRATION
MEL 49-00-00 APU 20JUN08
---------------------------------------------------------------
AIRCRAFT TURNS TO FLT 3119 YYZ-PIT DEP 0115Z
RMKS
TAKEOFF ANALYSIS REMARKS - FLIGHT 1235 BOS
WET RUNWAY
I CERTIFY I MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF FAR 121.439 AND 121.440
AIRCRAFT TAIL N.......... PIC SIGNATURE................
FLIGHT RELEASE FR.........Z LOAD REPORT LR...............Z
2010Z DISPATCHER TYLER WASSELL 317-471-2324 ID7730 DESK 01
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-49

Volume 7
---------------------------------------------------------------
FLIGHT 1235 COMPUTER FLIGHT PLAN 10JUN08
---------------------------------------------------------------
ORG DEST ALT1 ALT2 T/OALT A/C TYPE TAIL BOW INDEX
BOS YYZ BUF EMB-145LR N267SK 27938 -06.28
SPEED SCHEDULES
CLIMB CLB.M56 CRUISE MSC DESCENT A/P
FUEL TIME PLAN STRUC FLT SKD

BURN 3972 01.16 BOW 27938....... DEP BOS 2330Z
RESERVE 1900 00.45 PYLD 11000....... ARV YYZ 0046Z
ALT/BUF 1125 00.12 ZFW 36238....... 39462
HOLD 0 00.00 FOB 7600....... 11200
MIN 6997 02.06 TOW 43438....... 48501
TANKER 203 00.13 BURN 3972
TAXI 400 00.20 LGW 39466....... 42549
RAMP 7600 02.19 FOD 3228
ROUTE 001 P2330Z FL 340 AVG WIND 287073 ETE 01.16

BOS..MHT..SYR..BUF.V36.YYZ..CYYZ
CONTINGENCY SUMMARIES
FL AVG/WIND ETE BURN MIN RAMP PYLD LDG WT
320 287075 01.15 4091 7108 8000 10000 41500
300 288076 01.15 4247 7264 8000 10000 41344
280 289074 01.15 4405 7422 8000 10000 41186
TIME DIST FUEL

LEG LEG IAS MCH MC ALT WIND LEG SCORE
WAYPOINT TOTAL TOTAL TAS G/S HDG IOAT ISA TOTAL TIME/FUEL
KBOS ---- ---- --- --- --- ---
.76 420 --- --- --- ---
MHT 00.08 34 --- --- --- 287028 542

114.4 00.08 34 --- --- 343 --- M18 542
TOC 00.12 56 201 --- --- 340 270066 852 ..../....

00.20 90 337 272 290 -46 M07 1394
SYR 00.25 157 270 .78 291 340 282071 1243 ..../....
117.0 00.45 248 458 387 292 -46 P06 2637
BUF 00.17 108 271 .78 274 340 291079 851 ..../....
116.4 01.02 356 456 385 279 -46 P04 3488
TOD 00.00 2 271 --- --- 340 291083 14 ..../....

01.02 358 456 375 311 -46 P04 3502
FWDSY 00.05 20 --- --- --- 298062 75

01.07 378 --- --- 312 --- M10 3577
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-50

Volume 7
ISTON 00.00 1 --- --- --- 304042 5

01.07 379 --- --- 316 --- M14 3582
LINNG 00.04 15 --- --- --- 305041 54
01.11 394 --- --- 316 --- M14 3636
YOUTH 00.01 6 --- --- --- 305029 18

01.12 400 --- --- 339 --- M20 3654
YYZ 00.04 19 --- --- --- 304025 62

112.15 01.16 419 --- --- 338 --- M22 3716
00.00 ---- --- --- --- --- ---- 233

CYYZ 01.16 420 --- --- --- --- ---- 3949 ..../....
10000 30000 32000 34000 36000

KBOS 287027M23 270069M47 270071M47 271071M46 272069M46
MHT 301036M24 293078M48 291077M48 290075M48 289073M48
SYR 307034M21 292091M48 292089M49 291084M48 290078M49
YYZ 306034M21 293082M49 292082M49 292078M48 292072M48
CYYZ 000000P00 000000P00 000000P00 000000P00 000000P00
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-51

Volume 7
N. AeroData
TAKEOFF AND LANDING REPORT CHQ 1235 BOS-YYZ 10JUN08
TLR-1 SEQ-19414478C 10JUN08 2009Z
A/C 437 EMB-145LR AE-3007A1P
/// TAKEOFF DATA ///
APT PRWY POAT PWIND PQNH PMRTW FL OS MAXV1 PTOW MFPTW

BOS 22R 28.0 000/00 29.81 4804 9 N 117 4559 4650
RMKS WET RUNWAY
------ --- ------ ----- ------ --- ----- --- ----------------

RWY OAT WIND QNH MRTW FLP MAXV1 PWR CONFIG/CONDITION
--------------- ALT T/O-1 - DRY RWY - A/I OFF ---------------

04L 04R 09
7861 FT 10005 FT 7000 FT
DT H036 DT H036 DT H092
32 4511/28-28-39 4519/29-29-39 4482/28-28-38
30 4519/29-29-39 4526/29-29-39 4495/28-28-38
/ 28 4527/29-29-39 4532/29-29-39 4508/28-28-39
26 4535/29-29-39 4539/29-29-39 4521/29-29-39
24 4543/29-29-39 4545/29-29-39 4532/29-29-39
HW/10KT 57 1 1 1 56 1 1 1 91 2 2 2
TW/10KT -165 -3 -3 -2 -163 -3 -3 -2 -266 -5 -5 -4
09 SHIPS 14 14 SHIPS
7000 FT 5000 FT 5000 FT
DT H092 DT H141 DT H141
32 3774/14-14-27 3814/15-15-28 3494/08-08-22
30 3781/14-14-27 3825/15-15-28 3501/08-08-23
/ 28 3787/14-14-27 3836/16-16-28 3508/09-09-23
26 3794/15-15-28 3848/16-16-28 3516/09-09-23
24 3801/15-15-28 3860/16-16-29 3523/09-09-23
HW/10KT 56 1 1 1 92 2 2 2 51 1 1 1
TW/10KT -154 -3 -3 -3 -300 -9 -6 -5 -137 -5 -3 -2
15R 15R SHIPS 22L

10083 FT 10083 FT 10005 FT
DT H151 DT H151 DT H216
32 4964/36-36-45 4602/30-30-40 4964/36-36-45
30 4968/36-36-45 4608/30-30-40 4965/36-36-45
/ 28 4968/36-36-45 4613/30-30-40 4968/36-36-45
26 4969/36-36-45 4618/30-30-40 4969/36-36-45
24 4972/36-36-45 4624/30-30-40 4970/36-36-45
HW/10KT 1 0 0 0 55 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
TW/10KT -15 0 0 0 -161 -3 -3 -2 -112 -2 -2 -2
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-52

Volume 7
22L SHIPS 22R 22R SHIPS

10005 FT 7861 FT 7861 FT
DT H216 DT H216 DT H216
32 4306/25-25-36 4346/25-25-36 4267/24-24-35
30 4312/25-25-36 4352/26-26-36 4273/24-24-35
/ 28 4318/25-25-36 4358/26-26-36 4280/24-24-35
26 4325/25-25-36 4364/26-26-36 4286/24-24-35
24 4331/25-25-36 4370/26-26-37 4292/24-24-35
HW/10KT 57 1 1 1 57 1 1 1 57 1 1 1
TW/10KT -162 -3 -3 -2 -163 -3 -3 -2 -163 -3 -3 -2
27 33L
7000 FT 10083 FT
SPECIAL DT H331
OAT FLAP 9 FLAP 9
32 4343/25-25-36 4799/33-33-43
30 4349/25-25-36 4806/34-34-43
/ 28 4355/26-26-36 4813/34-34-43
26 4361/26-26-36 4819/34-34-43
24 4366/26-26-37 4826/34-34-43
HW/10KT 57 1 1 1 53 1 1 1
TW/10KT -163 -3 -3 -2 -157 -3 -3 -2
------------------ T/O - DRY RWY - A/I OFF ------------------

04L 04R 09
32 4824/32-32-43 4852/33-33-44 4753/31-31-42
30 4833/33-33-43 4859/33-33-44 4765/31-31-42
/ 28 4842/33-33-43 4867/33-33-44 4777/32-32-43
26 4851/33-33-44 4874/33-33-44 4789/32-32-43
24 4860/33-33-44 4881/33-33-44 4802/32-32-43
HW/10KT 61 1 1 1 60 1 1 1 95 2 2 2
TW/10KT -175 -4 -3 -3 -174 -3 -3 -2 -298 -7 -5 -4
32 4041/12-12-20 4416/10-15-23 3762/05-10-19
30 4047/12-12-20 4429/11-16-23 3769/06-10-19
/ 28 4053/12-12-20 4442/11-16-23 3777/06-10-19
26 4059/12-12-20 4455/11-16-24 3784/06-10-19
24 4065/12-12-20 4467/12-16-24 3791/06-10-20
HW/10KT 59 0 0 0 107 3 1 1 59 2 0 0
TW/10KT -176 -3 -1 0 -415 -4 -4 -3 -177 -6 -2 -1
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-53

Volume 7
15R SHIPS 22L SHIPS 22R

32 4954/35-35-45 4623/29-29-40 4667/30-30-41
30 4960/35-35-45 4629/29-29-40 4674/30-30-41
/ 28 4966/35-35-45 4636/29-29-41 4681/30-30-41
26 4972/35-35-45 4643/29-29-41 4687/30-30-41
24 4978/35-35-45 4649/29-29-41 4694/30-30-41
HW/10KT 59 1 1 1 60 1 1 1 61 1 1 1
TW/10KT -172 -3 -3 -2 -172 -3 -3 -3 -173 -4 -3 -3
22R SHIPS 27 33L

32 4580/28-28-40 4663/30-30-41 5071/37-37-47
30 4586/28-28-40 4670/30-30-41 5071/37-37-47
/ 28 4593/28-28-40 4676/30-30-41 5071/37-37-47
26 4600/28-28-40 4683/30-30-41 5071/37-37-47
24 4606/29-29-40 4689/30-30-41 5071/37-37-47
HW/10KT 61 1 1 1 61 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
TW/10KT -172 -4 -3 -3 -201 -5 -4 -3 -72 -1 -1 -1
-------- ALT T/O-1 - WET RWY - A/I ON 10C AND BELOW ---------
04L 04R 09
32 4498/17-28-38 4519/24-29-40 4393/14-26-37
30 4508/18-28-39 4526/25-30-40 4407/14-27-37
/ 28 4518/18-29-39 4532/25-30-40 4419/14-27-37
26 4528/18-29-39 4539/26-30-40 4431/15-27-37
24 4537/18-29-39 4545/26-30-40 4444/15-27-38
HW/10KT 66 3 1 1 56 4 1 1 105 3 2 2
TW/10KT -214 -9 -4 -3 -163-10 -3 -2 -296-11 -6 -4
OAT FLAP 9 FLAP FLAP

32 3774/04-16-29 ----/-------- ----/--------
30 3781/04-16-29 ----/-------- ----/--------
/ 28 3787/04-16-29 ----/-------- ----/--------
26 3794/05-16-29 ----/-------- ----/--------
24 3801/05-16-29 ----/-------- ----/--------
HW/10KT 56 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TW/10KT -154 -9 -4 -3 ------------- -------------
15R 15R SHIPS 22L

32 4964/31-36-45 4602/26-31-41 4964/31-36-45
30 4968/32-36-45 4608/26-31-41 4965/31-36-45
/ 28 4968/32-36-45 4613/27-31-41 4968/32-36-45
26 4969/32-36-45 4618/27-31-41 4969/32-36-45
24 4972/33-36-45 4624/28-31-41 4970/32-36-45
HW/10KT 1 4 0 0 55 4 1 1 1 4 0 0
TW/10KT -80 -9 -1 -1 -161-10 -3 -2 -151 -9 -3 -2
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-54

Volume 7
22L SHIPS 22R 22R SHIPS

32 4306/20-26-36 4346/15-26-36 4267/14-25-36
30 4312/21-26-37 4352/15-26-37 4273/14-25-36
/ 28 4318/21-26-37 4358/15-26-37 4280/14-25-36
26 4325/22-26-37 4364/16-26-37 4286/15-25-36
24 4331/22-26-37 4370/16-26-37 4292/15-25-36
HW/10KT 57 4 1 1 57 3 1 1 57 3 1 1
TW/10KT -162 -9 -3 -2 -181 -8 -4 -3 -168 -8 -4 -3
27 33L
OAT FLAP 9 FLAP 9
32 4320/12-25-36 4799/29-34-44
30 4327/13-25-36 4806/30-34-44
/ 28 4335/13-25-36 4813/30-34-44
26 4342/13-25-36 4819/31-35-44
24 4350/14-25-36 4826/31-35-44
HW/10KT 69 3 1 1 53 4 1 1
TW/10KT -216 -9 -4 -3 -157-11 -3 -3
----------- T/O - WET RWY - A/I ON 10C AND BELOW ------------

04L 04R 09
32 4782/19-32-43 4852/33-34-45 4633/14-29-40
30 4793/19-32-43 4859/33-34-45 4645/15-29-41
/ 28 4804/19-32-43 4867/34-34-45 4658/15-29-41
26 4815/20-32-43 4874/34-34-45 4671/15-30-41
24 4825/20-32-43 4881/34-34-45 4684/16-30-41
HW/10KT 79 3 1 1 60 1 1 1 107 3 2 2
TW/10KT -227 -9 -4 -3 -174-15 -3 -3 -314-11 -6 -5
OAT FLAP 22 FLAP FLAP
32 4041/99-12-20 ----/-------- ----/--------
30 4047/99-12-20 ----/-------- ----/--------
/ 28 4053/99-12-20 ----/-------- ----/--------
26 4059/00-12-20 ----/-------- ----/--------
24 4065/00-12-20 ----/-------- ----/--------
HW/10KT 59 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TW/10KT -176 3 -1 0 ------------- -------------
15R SHIPS 22L SHIPS 22R

32 4954/35-35-46 4623/29-30-41 4663/17-30-41
30 4960/35-35-46 4629/29-30-41 4671/17-30-41
/ 28 4966/36-36-46 4636/30-30-41 4679/17-30-41

26 4972/36-36-46 4643/30-30-41 4687/18-30-41
24 4978/36-36-46 4649/30-30-42 4694/18-30-41
HW/10KT 59 1 1 1 60 1 1 1 62 3 1 1
TW/10KT -172-14 -3 -3 -172-14 -3 -2 -214 -9 -4 -3
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-55

Volume 7
22R SHIPS 27 33L

32 4580/16-28-40 4615/14-29-40 5071/36-37-47
30 4586/16-28-40 4623/14-29-40 5071/36-37-47
/ 28 4593/16-29-40 4631/15-29-40 5071/37-37-47
26 4600/16-29-40 4640/15-29-41 5071/37-37-47
24 4606/17-29-40 4648/15-29-41 5071/37-37-47
HW/10KT 61 3 1 1 74 3 1 1 0 0 0 0
TW/10KT -201 -9 -4 -3 -288-11 -5 -4 -101-13 -2 -1
------------ SPECIAL ENG FAIL TAKEOFF PROCEDURES ------------

RWY CLB VIA REACHING OR TURN AALT HOLD
27 D2.0 BOS D0.6 IDGU LT H250 1020
----------------------- RUNWAY NOTES ------------------------

RWY NOTES
09 SHIPS USE WHEN SHIPS ARE WITHIN 1000F OF XTND CL FOR
VMC OR IF RPRTD BY ATC/ATIS FOR IMC
14 SHIPS USE WHEN SHIPS ARE WITHIN 1000F OF XTND CL FOR
15R SHIPS USE WHEN SHIPS ARE WITHIN 1000F OF XTND CL FOR
22L SHIPS USE WHEN SHIPS ARE WITHIN 1000F OF XTND CL FOR
22R SHIPS USE WHEN SHIPS ARE WITHIN 1000F OF XTND CL FOR
/// LANDING DATA ///
APT PRWY POAT PWIND PQNH PMRLW FLP PLDW

YYZ 23 24.0 000/00 29.77 4800 45 4164
RMKS NONE
------ --- ------ ----- ------ --- ----- --- ----------------

RWY OAT WIND QNH MRLW FLP VREF PWR CONFIG/CONDITION
----------- FLAPS 45 - A/I OFF - NO ICE ACCRETION -----------

DRY / WET-LVIS
05 06L 06R 15L-S1759F
OAT 10985 FT 9697 FT 9000 FT 9291 FT
28 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
26 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
/ 24 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
22 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
20 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
HW/10KT 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0
TW/10KT 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-56

Volume 7
15R 23 24L 24R

OAT 8500 FT 10435 FT 9000 FT 9500 FT
28 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
26 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
/ 24 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
22 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
20 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
HW/10KT 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0
TW/10KT 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0
33L 33R-S1759F
OAT 8500 FT 9291 FT
28 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
26 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
/ 24 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
22 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
20 4800A/4800A 4800A/4800A
HW/10KT 0/ 0 0/ 0
TW/10KT 0/ 0 0/ 0
----------------- FACTORED LANDING DISTANCE -----------------

FLAP 45
LDW DRY WET/LVIS
4300 4711 5417
4250 4669 5370
4200 4628 5322
/ 4164 4598 5288
4150 4587 5274
4100 4545 5227
4050 4504 5180
HW/KT -24 -27
TW/KT 76 87
--------------- DEMONSTRATED LANDING DISTANCE ---------------

FLAP 45
LDW DRY WET
4300 2826 3250
4250 2802 3222
4200 2777 3193
/ 4164 2759 3173
4150 2752 3165
4100 2727 3136
4050 2703 3108
HW/KT -14 -16
TW/KT 45 52
END TAKEOFF AND LANDING REPORT CHQ 1235 BOS-YYZ 10JUN08
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-57

Volume 7
O. Weather
BRIEFING GENERATED 10JUN08 2300 UTC
CHQ AIRLINES WEATHER BRIEFING FLT 1235 BOS-YYZ
KBOS 102254Z 27010KT 10SM CLR 28/19 A2978 RMK AO2 SLP084
T03280189
KBOS 102154Z 27012KT 10SM FEW070 27/19 A2979 RMK AO2 SLP088
T03440194 56018
KBOS 102054Z 28 004KT 6SM HZ FEW070 28/19 A2980 RMK AO2 SLP092
T02830194
TAF AMD KBOS 102031Z 102118 21012KT P6SM FEW060
FM0000 21010KT P6SM SCT060 SCT250
FM0900 29009KT P6SM SCT090
TAF AMD KBOS 102016Z 102018 VRB03KT 5SM HZ FEW060
FM0000 18010KT P6SM SCT060 SCT250
FM0900 29009KT P6SM SCT090
TAF AMD KBOS 101927Z 101918 10006KT 5SM HZ FEW050
FM0000 18010KT P6SM SCT060 SCT250
FM0900 29009KT P6SM SCT090
BOS KF NIL
TWY K
BOS 04/101 BOS NAV RWY 22L ILS DME OTS
BOS 04/100 BOS NAV RWY 4R ILS DME OTS
BOS 04/096 BOS RAMP PAEW BTN NORTH GATE AND TERMINAL E
BOS 04/090 BOS TWY PAEW BTWN TWY A/B FM TWY L TO TWY E
TWY C
BOS 04/064 BOS RWY 15L/33R CLSD
BOS 04/051 BOS RWY 14/32 CLSD
BOS 03/215 BOS AD HEAVY BIRD ACTIVITY
BOS 02/320 BOS RWY 4L REIL OTS
BOS P NIL
CYYZ 100000Z 28008KT 3/4SM OVC003 BKN050 22/14 A2985 RMK
CU3AC1 SLP107
CYYZ 102300Z 28010KT 2SM OVC025 BKN120 23/16 A2983 RMK
CU3AC1 SLP102
CYYZ 102020Z 28010KT 3SM FEW035 SCT042 BKN051 22/16 A2982
RMK CU2SC2SC3 SLP097
CYYZ 102243Z 102118 29010KT P6SM SCT040
BECMG 0002 27010KT
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-58

Volume 7
YYZ 04/022 YYZ CYYZ ILS 24R SVCBL

YYZ 01/033 YYZ CYYZ SEQUENCED FLASHING APCH LGT BARS 8 TO 12
RWY 24RU/S
WEF 0801181200-0812311200
YYZ P NIL
PAGE 01 10JUN08

KBUF 102154Z 23016G21KT 10SM SCT011 SCT060 20/16 A2986 RMK AO2
PK WND 24026/2120 SLP108 T02000161
KBUF 102054Z 23020G24KT 10SM BKN012 BKN060 20/18 A2984 RMK AO2
RAE15 SLP102 P0003 60014 T02000178 50012
KBUF 101954Z 22017G23KT 3SM RA BR OVC007 19/18 A2986 RMK AO2 PK
WND 24030/1903 RAB09 SLP109 CIG 005V010 P0011 T01940183
TAF AMD KBUF 102102Z 102118 23014G23KT P6SM SCT015 BKN050
TEMPO 2122 BKN015
FM0100 24010KT P6SM SCT025 SCT050
FM1200 23011KT P6SM FEW050 SCT250
FM1600 24014G19KT P6SM SCT050 SCT100
TAF AMD KBUF 102036Z 102118 22014G26KT P6SM BKN007
FM2100 25014G23KT P6SM SCT015 BKN150
FM0100 24010KT P6SM SCT025 SCT050
FM1200 23011KT P6SM FEW050 SCT250
FM1600 24014G19KT P6SM SCT050 SCT100
TAF AMD KBUF 101946Z 102018 24016G24KT 6SM -SHRA SCT009
BKN018CB BKN025 TEMPO 2021 4SM -SHRA BR BKN009
FM2200 25014G21KT P6SM SCT020 BKN035
FM0100 24010KT P6SM SCT025 SCT050
FM1200 23011KT P6SM FEW050 SCT250
FM1600 24014G19KT P6SM SCT050 SCT100
BUF KF NIL
BUF 04/033 BUF NAV RWY 5 ILS GP OTS

BUF 04/029 BUF TWY G HOLD SHORT SIGN FOR RWY 5/23 RIGHT SIDE
MISSING
BUF 03/362 BUF RAMP AIR CARGO RAMP 10 FT SNBNK NORTH EDGE WEF
0803300004
BUF 01/218 BUF OBST CRANE MSL UNKN 150 AGL .57 E FLAGGED
BUF 01/216 BUF TWY P1 PAEW/EXCAVATION WORK ADJ
BUF 01/215 BUF TWY K NONSTD MARKING FM RWY 14/32 TO TWY A1
BUF 01/214 BUF RAMP CLSD FM GATE 9 TO TWY K1
BUF P NIL
KPVD 102151Z 16008KT 6SM HZ CLR 30/20 A2982 RMK AO2 SLP097
T03000200
SLP102 T03280206 58008
SLP104 T03330200
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-59

Volume 7
KPVD 101732Z 101818 18013KT P6SM FEW050 SCT250

FM0300 22008KT 6SM HZ FEW060 BKN250
FM0800 30005KT 5SM HZ BKN250
PVD KF NIL
PAGE 02 10JUN08
PVD 12/037 PVD 34 ILS GP UNUSBL BYD 5 DEGS RIGHT OF CNTRLN

PVD 04/045 PVD TWY C1 CLSD
PVD 04/044 PVD TWY B C E RWY 5/23 CLSD
PVD 04/039 PVD RWY 5/23 RCLL NONSTD
PVD 04/031 PVD OBST CRANE UNKN 170AGL 2.3 W 1300-1830 DLY
WEF 0804081300
PVD 02/182 PVD RWY 23 ILS LLZ UNUSBL BYD 10 DEGS RIGHT OF CRS
PVD P NIL
KALB 102151Z 17011G20KT 7SM CLR 34/19 A2973 RMK AO2 SLP063
T03440194
KALB 102051Z 19012G19KT 7SM FEW075 35/21 A2975 RMK AO2 SLP071
T03500206 58029
KALB 101951Z 18008KT 7SM CLR 35/21 A2978 RMK AO2 SLP081
T03500206
TAF AMD KALB 102105Z 102118 19010G17KT P6SM FEW080CB
TEMPO 2303 VRB20G30KT 1SM PTSRA BR BKN020CB OVC050
FM0300 26012G16KT 6SM SHRA BKN050CB
FM0500 29007KT P6SM SCT015
FM0900 29007KT 5SM BR SCT015
TAF AMD KALB 102027Z 102018 18008KT P6SM SCT070CB
TEMPO 2303 VRB20G30KT 1SM PTSRA BR BKN020CB OVC050
FM0300 26012G16KT 6SM SHRA BKN050CB
FM0500 29007KT P6SM SCT015
FM0900 29007KT 5SM BR SCT015
ALB KF NIL
ALB 04/022 ALB TWY N MANDATORY HOLD SHORT SIGN RWY 10/28
UNLGTD
ALB 01/038 ALB 19 HAWKY NDB/ILS LO DCMSND WEF 0701180400
ALB P NIL
KSYR 102154Z 31013G26KT 9SM -RA FEW025 SCT040 OVC065 21/19
A2982 RMK AO2 PK WND 33041/2124 WSHFT 2112 RAB20
SLP092 P0005 T02110189
KSYR 102154Z COR 31013G26KT 9SM -RA FEW025 SCT040 OVC065 21/19
A2982 RMK AO2 PK WND 33041/2124 WSHFT 2112 RAB20 SLP092
P0008 T02110189
KSYR 102054Z 22015G23KT 10SM FEW040 SCT130 BKN200 31/19 A2973
RMK AO2 SLP062 TCU DSNT NE CB DSNT SE T03110189 58029
KSYR 101954Z 21013G20KT 10SM FEW050 BKN150 OVC220 30/19 A2977
RMK AO2 SLP076 TCU DSNT N T03000189
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-60

Volume 7
TAF AMD KSYR 102132Z 102218 24012G20KT 3SM RA BR SCT060CB

TEMPO 2224 VRB20G40KT 1/2SM PTSRA FG SCT020 BKN040CB
FM0000 26008KT P6SM SCT250
PAGE 03 10JUN08
SYR KF NIL
SYR P NIL
KROC 102154Z 22011KT 10SM FEW009 SCT050 BKN100 BKN180 22/18
A2983 RMK AO2 RAE11 SLP098 P0000 T02220178
KROC 102054Z 24010G19KT 10SM -RA FEW003 SCT024 BKN048 BKN150
21/18 A2983 RMK AO2 PK WND 26030/2019 TSE19 SLP100 P0003
60024 T02110178 53015
KROC 101954Z 24011G21KT 6SM -TSRA BKN019 BKN030 OVC060 22/19
A2983 RMK AO2 PK WND 25033/1937 WSHFT 1907 TSB39RAB32
SLP099 OCNL LTGICCC OHD TS OHD-NE MOV NE P0021 T02220189
KROC 101954Z COR 24011G21KT 6SM -TSRA BKN019 BKN030CB OVC060
22/19 A2983 RMK AO2 PK WND 25033/1937 WSHFT 1907
TSB39RAB32 SLP099 OCNL LTGICCC OHD TS OHD-NE MOV NE P0021
T02220189
TAF AMD KROC 102102Z 102118 26016G25KT 4SM -RA SCT007 OVC035
TEMPO 2122 BKN007
FM2200 26014G20KT P6SM SCT015 BKN035
FM0100 25011KT P6SM SCT020 BKN050
FM0500 24006KT P6SM SCT030 SCT250
FM1200 24008KT P6SM FEW050 SCT250
FM1500 26013G19KT P6SM SCT050 SCT100
FM2100 26016G25KT 4SM -RA BKN007 OVC035
FM2120 26017G23KT 6SM -SHRA SCT010 BKN035
FM2200 26014G20KT P6SM SCT020 BKN035
FM0100 25011KT P6SM SCT020 BKN050
FM0500 24006KT P6SM SCT030 SCT250
FM1200 24008KT P6SM FEW050 SCT250
FM1500 26013G19KT P6SM SCT050 SCT100
FM2100 26016G25KT 4SM -RA BKN007 OVC035
FM2120 26017G23KT 6SM -SHRA SCT010 BKN035
FM2200 26014G20KT P6SM SCT020 BKN035
FM0100 25011KT P6SM SCT020 BKN050
FM0500 24006KT P6SM SCT030 SCT250
FM1200 24008KT P6SM FEW050 SCT250
FM1500 26013G19KT P6SM SCT050 SCT100
TAF AMD KROC 101952Z 102018 26016G25KT 5SM TSRA SCT015 OVC030CB
TEMPO 2022 24025G40KT 1SM PTSRA BKN015CB
FM2200 26017G23KT 6SM -SHRA BKN020
FM2300 26014G20KT P6SM SCT020 BKN035
FM0100 25011KT P6SM SCT020 BKN050
FM0500 24006KT P6SM SCT030 SCT250
FM1200 24008KT P6SM FEW050 SCT250
FM1500 26013G19KT P6SM SCT050 SCT100
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-61

Volume 7
PAGE 04 10JUN08
ROC KF NIL
ROC 12/035 ROC 28 MALSR CMSND

ROC 04/008 ROC TWY H NON-MOVEMENT AREA BTWN TWY A4 E
ROC 04/004 ROC TWY E CLSD FM RWY 4/22 TO TWY H
ROC 04/003 ROC TWY A CLSD FM TWY H TO RWY 10/28
ROC 03/052 ROC RWY 4/22 NOW 150 X 8001
ROC 02/082 ROC RWY 10 PAPI OTS
ROC 01/060 ROC RWY 22 VASI OTS
ROC 01/057 ROC TWY C1 CLSD
ROC 01/037 ROC 28 ILS LLZ UNMNT
ROC P NIL
WA3Z
CHIZ WA 102045
.
.
080 ALG 90NW GFK-40SE GFK-30NE BRD-40NNW RHI-70WNW SSM
120 ALG 50NW RAP-DPR-50E FSD-40S IOW-50WSW ROD
....
WA3T
CHIT WA 102045
.
AIRMET TURB...ND SD NE MN IA MO WI LM LS MI LH IL IN KY
FROM 70WNW INL TO 30SSW YQT TO SSM TO YVV TO 30ESE ECK TO DXO
TOFWA TO CVG TO HNN TO HMV TO 30NNE DYR TO RWF TO BFF TO 50NNW
ISNTO 70WNW INL
MOD TURB BTN FL240 AND FL430. CONDS ENDG 00-03Z S OF RWF TO FWA
LN. CONDS CONTG ELSW BYD 03Z THRU 09Z.
.
OTLK VALID 0300-0900Z...TURB ND SD NE KS MN IA MO WI IL OK TX
ARBOUNDED BY 70NE MOT-60S YWG-BDF-RZC-DLF-70WNW DLF-50W
LBL-GLD-70NE MOT
WA3S
CHIS WA 102045
AIRMET SIERRA UPDT 5 FOR IFR VALID UNTIL 110300
.
AIRMET IFR...MN WI LS
FROM INL TO YQT TO 80E DLH TO 40SSW DLH TO INL
CIG BLW 010/VIS BLW 3SM PCPN/BR/FG. CONDS ENDG 22-00Z.
.
OTLK VALID 0300-0900Z...IFR ND SD
BOUNDED BY 70NE MOT-50SE BIS-80SW DIK-50NNW ISN-70NE MOT
CIG BLW 010/VIS BLW 3SM PCPN/BR/FG. CONDS DVLPG 06-09Z AND
CONTGTHRU 09Z.
....
MOD TURB BLW 080. CONDS DVLPG 04-07Z AND CONTG THRU 09Z.
....
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-62

Volume 7
PAGE 05 10JUN08
WA1Z
BOSZ WA 102045
.
.
120 ALG 50WSW ROD-20E ROD-20WSW JHW-70SSW YOW-20E YOW
....
WA1S
BOSS WA 102045
AIRMET SIERRA UPDT 5 FOR IFR AND MTN OBSCN VALID UNTIL 110300
.
AIRMET IFR...ME NH MA AND CSTL WTRS
FROM 40W YSJ TO 90SSW YSJ TO 140ENE ACK TO 30ENE ENE TO 30S BGR
TO 40W YSJ
CIG BLW 010/VIS BLW 3SM BR/FG. CONDS ALG COAST MOVG INLAND.
CONTGBYD 03Z THRU 09Z.
.
AIRMET MTN OBSCN...ME NH VT NY
FROM 70NW PQI TO MLT TO 20N CON TO 40E SYR TO MSS TO YSC TO
70NWPQI
MTNS OCNL OBSC BY CLDS/PCPN. CONDS ENDG 00Z W YSC-20N CON.
WA1T
BOST WA 102045
.
AIRMET TURB...NY LO PA OH LE WV MD VA
FROM MSS TO 30E EKN TO HMV TO HNN TO CVG TO FWA TO DXO TO YYZ
TOMSS
MOD TURB BTN FL270 AND FL420. CONDS ENDG 00Z.
....
CONTGRMNDR BYD 03Z THRU 09Z.
.
AIRMET MTN OBSCN...NY PA WV MD VA NC SC GA
FROM SYR TO HAR TO 40SSE PSK TO ATL TO GQO TO HMV TO HNN TO BUF
TO SYR
MTNS OCNL OBSC BY PCPN. CONDS ENDG 02-03Z.
.
OTLK VALID 0300-0900Z
AREA 1...IFR WV
BOUNDED BY 20ESE AIR-60SSE JST-30SE BKW-40W BKW-HNN-20ESE AIR
CIG BLW 010/VIS BLW 3SM BR/FG. CONDS DVLPG 07-09Z. CONTG THRU
09Z.
.
AREA 2...IFR ME NH MA AND CSTL WTRS
BOUNDED BY HUL-40W YSJ-110SSW YSJ-190SE ACK-170SSE ACK-20SSE
ACK-50NNE ACK-40NNE ENE-HUL
CIG BLW 010/VIS BLW 3SM BR/FG. CONDS CONTG THRU 09Z.
....
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-63

Volume 7
KBOS G NIL
PAGE 06 10JUN08
SIGC
MKCC WST 102155
VALID UNTIL 2355Z
FL AL MS LA AND CSTL WTRS
FROM 40WSW LGC-50E CEW-80SSE LCH-20E AEX-40WSW LGC
AREA TS MOV LTL. TOPS ABV FL450.
VALID UNTIL 2355Z
NM
FROM 50SSW TCC-10ENE CME
DVLPG LINE SEV TS 20 NM WIDE MOV FROM 24025KT. TOPS TO FL450.
AREA 1...FROM 30N VUZ-50S CEW-90SE PSX-CRP-40S CWK-30SW MEI-30N
VUZ
AREA 2...FROM 70NW SLN-50W ICT-30W CDS-30W TXO-GLD-70NW SLN
AREA 3...FROM 50N GGW-40SW ISN-30W BIS-40SSE DPR-50N BFF-30S
DDY-30E CZI-50NE DBS-70SE HLN-40S YQL-50N GGW
SIGE
MKCE WST 102155
VALID UNTIL 2355Z
ME NH
FROM 20NNW PQI-ENE-40E MPV-60ENE YSC-60E YQB-20NNW PQI
VALID UNTIL 2355Z
NC
FROM 30S ECG-50ESE RDU
LINE SEV TS 25 NM WIDE MOV LTL. TOPS TO FL450.
PAGE 07 10JUN08

VALID UNTIL 2355Z
VT NY PA MD VA NC DC WV SC OH GA TN KY LO
FROM 30WSW MSS-40NE ALB-30SE CSN-SPA-GQO-AIR-30WSW MSS
HAIL TO 2.5 IN...WIND GUSTS TO 70KT POSS.
VALID UNTIL 2355Z
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-64

Volume 7
FROM 50S IRQ-40N VRB-20NE SRQ-40ESE CEW-50S IRQ

AREA SEV TS MOV LTL. TOPS ABV FL450.
TORNADOES...HAIL TO 1 IN...WIND GUSTS TO 50KT POSS.
VALID UNTIL 2355Z
FL AND CSTL WTRS
FROM 30E VRB-70ESE PBI-40SW MIA-20S RSW-30E VRB
AREA TS MOV LTL. TOPS ABV FL450.
VALID UNTIL 2355Z
MI LH
FROM 40NNE ASP-30NNW ECK-10NE MBS-50ESE TVC-40NNE ASP
AREA 1...FROM 60NW PQI-HUL-BOS-30W BDL-50S SBY-70S
ECG-CLT-160SEMIA-80SW EYW-60W SRQ-50S CEW-30N VUZ-BUF-60NW PQI
REF WW 500 501 502 503.
AREA 2...FROM 70WNW SSM-70NE ASP-50NE ECK-MBS-30SE GRB-50NW
SAW-70WNW SSM
UAR 08/016 BOS GDM3 THREE ARRIVAL.

KENNEDY TRANSITION TO BE ASSIGNED BY ATC ONLY.
UAR 08/011 BOS SCUPP THREE ARRIVAL...
KENNEDY TRANSITION UNUSBL UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE
RAALF TRANSITION DELETE SEGMENT FROM JFK VOR/DME
TO RAALF INT CHANGE INITIAL ROUTING TO READ FROM
OVER RAALF INT VIA ORW R-261 TO ORW VOR/DME REST
OF ROUTE UNCHANGED.
FDC 6/9460 BOS FI/T GEN EDWARD LAWRENCE LOGAN INTL BOSTON MA.
RNAV GPS RWY 33L ORIG-A...
LNAV/VNAV DA 556/HAT 540 ALL CATS. VIS RVR 6000 ALL CATS.
USD 04/081 BOS AIRSPACE LOGAN FOUR DEPARTURE TAKE-OFF RWY
4R/L 14 15R 27 33L NA EXFCEPT FOR AIRCRAFT EQUIPPED
WITH SUITABLE RNAV SYSTEM WITH GPS BOS VOR/DME OTS.
FDC 8/3281 BUF FI/T BUFFALO NIAGARA INTL BUFFALO NY.

ILS OR LOC/DME RWY 32 ORIG-A...
TERMINAL ROUTE GENESEO GEE VOR/DME TO IF/IAF
ELMMA/I-BNQ
11.9 DME MINIMUM ALTITUDE 4000.
PAGE 08 10JUN08

FDC 7/8474 BUF FI/T BUFFALO NIAGARA INTL BUFFALO NY.
NDB RWY 23 ORIG...
DME REQUIRED EXCEPT FOR AIRCRAFT EQUIPPED WITH SUITABLE
RNAV WITH GPS DKK VOR OTS.
PAGE 09 10JUN08
END BRIEFING
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-65

Volume 7
P. Flight Script
Profile: BOS-YYZ
Filed Route: BOS..MHT..SYR..BUF.V36.YYZ
BOS Information Hotel:
Time ________ Zulu Weather, Winds 270 at 10, Visibility 10S, CLR, Temperature 28,
Dew Point 19, Altimeter 2978. Departing runways 4R and 33L. Advise on initial con-
tact you have information Hotel.
BOS Frequencies:
ATIS: 135.0
Clearance: 121.65
Ground: 121.9
Tower: 128.8
Departure: 133.0
Atlanta Radio: 131.9
AFTER RECEIVING ATIS:(AT GATE AT TERMINAL B)
CHQ 1235: Boston Clearance Delivery, CHQ 1235 Toronto with Hotel
Clearance: CHQ 1235, cleared to Toronto via radar vectors MHT, as filed, maintain
5,000, expect FL340 one-zero minutes after departure, departure
frequency 133.0, squawk 5423
CHQ 1235: (Read back clearance)
Clearance: CHQ 1235, read back correct, contact me when ready for push
CHQ 1235: Boston Clearance, CHQ 1235 gate ____, ready to push with Hotel
Clearance: CHQ, monitor ground on 121.9
CHQ 1235: 121.9, CHQ 1235

Ground: CHQ 1235, push approved, strait back
CHQ 1235: Push approved, strait back, CHQ 1235
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-66

Volume 7
AFTER PUSH:
CHQ 1235: CHQ 1235, taxi
Ground: CHQ 1235, Boston Ground, taxi to runway 33L via K, B, C, hold short
of runway 4L, monitor tower on 128.8
CHQ 1235: Runway 33L via K, B, C, hold short of runway 4L, monitor tower on
128.8, CHQ 1235
Tower: CHQ 1235, cross runway 4L, hold short of runway 4R, monitor tower on
132.22
CHQ 1235: Cross 4L, hold short of 4R, monitor tower on 132.22, CHQ 1235
Tower: CHQ 1235, cross runway 4R, C to runway 33L, monitor tower on 128.8
CHQ 1235: Cross 4R, C to runway 33L, monitor tower 132.22, CHQ 1235
AIRCRAFT AT RUNWAY:
CHQ 1235: CHQ 1235, ready for takeoff runway 33L
Tower: CHQ 1235, Boston Tower, winds 260 at 08, runway 33L cleared for
takeoff
CHQ 1235: Cleared for takeoff, CHQ 1235
AFTER AIRCRAFT REACHES 1,000 AGL:
Tower: CHQ 1235, contact departure

CHQ 1235: Contact departure, CHQ 1235
CHQ 1235: Boston Departure, CHQ 1235 _____ climbing 5,000
Departure: CHQ 1235, Boston Departure, radar contact, climb maintain one-one
thousand (11,000), cleared direct MHT
CHQ 1235: 11,000, direct MHT, CHQ 1235
APPROACHING MHT:
Departure: CHQ 1235, contact Boston Center 133.2
CHQ 1235: 133.2, CHQ 1235
CHQ 1235: Boston Center, CHQ 1235, 11,000
Center: CHQ 1235, Boston Center, cleared direct SYR, climb maintain FL240,
that will be your final tonight
CHQ 1235: Direct SYR, 11,000 climbing FL240, CHQ 1235
BEGIN IN-FLIGHT MALFUNCTIONS AT INSTRUCTOR'S DISCRETION
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-67

Volume 7
APPROACHING BUFFALO:
Center: CHQ 1235, contact Toronto Center on 135.8
CHQ 1235: 135.8, CHQ 1235
CHQ 1235: Toronto Center, CHQ 1235, FL240
Center: CHQ 1235, cleared direct LINNG, YOUTH2 arrival, cross LINNG at
7,000, 210 knots, Toronto altimeter 29.83
CHQ 1235: Direct LINNG, YOUTH2 arrival, cross LINNG at 7,000, 210 knots, 29.83
YYZ Information “Mike”
Time _____ Zulu Weather, Winds 280 at 8, Visibility 3/4, Ceiling 300, Broken 5,000,
Temperature 23, Dew Point 16, Altimeter 2985. ILS/DME Runway 33L and ILS Run-
way 33R in use. Advise on initial contact you have information "Mike".
SOON AFTER BUFFALO:
Center: CHQ 1235, contact Toronto Arrival on 119.1

CHQ 1235: 119.1, CHQ 1235
CHQ 1235: Toronto Arrival, CHQ 1235, descending to cross LINNG at 7,000 and
210 KTS, "____"
Arrival: CHQ 1235, expect ILS/DME runway 33L, Toronto altimeter 29.82
CHQ 1235: ILS/DME runway 33L, 29.82, CHQ 1235
AFTER LINNG:
Arrival: CHQ 1235, descend and maintain 3,000
CHQ 1235: 3,000, CHQ 1235
AFTER ERBAN
Arrival: CHQ 1235, present heading, intercept 33L localizer, cleared ILS/DME
33L
CHQ 1235: Present heading to intercept the localizer, cleared ILS/DME 33L, CHQ
1235
Arrival: CHQ 1235, contact tower 118.7 APMAM inbound

CHQ 1235: 118.7 at APMAM, CHQ 1235
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-68

Volume 7
AT APMAM:
CHQ 1235: Toronto Tower, CHQ 1235, APMAM inbound
Tower: CHQ 1235, Toronto Tower, winds 270 at 08, cleared to land 33L
CHQ 1235: Cleared to land 33L, CHQ 1235
AFTER LANDING:
Tower: CHQ 1235, right when able, contact ground 121.65
CHQ 1235: Ground on 121.65, CHQ 1235
CHQ 1235: Toronto Ground, CHQ 1235 on ______ (CHQ 1235 is to state present
location)
Ground: CHQ 1235, taxi via F, H, hold short of 33R

CHQ 1235: F, H, short of 33R, CHQ 1235
APPROACHING 33R:
Ground: CHQ 1235, cleared to cross 33R, H, A, AT
CHQ 1235: Cleared to cross 33R, H, A, AT, CHQ 1235
APPROACHING AT:
CHQ1235: Apron, CHQ 1235 approaching AT
Apron: CHQ 1235, taxi to your gate
CHQ 1235: To the gate, CHQ 1235
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-69

Volume 7
Q. List of Required Charts

1. High Altitude Charts 7/8
2. KBOS 10-9/10-9A
3. KBOS 10-9B
4. KBOS 11-4
5. CYYZ 10-2Q
6. CYYZ 10-9/10-9A
7. CYYZ 10-9B/C
8. CYYZ 11-9
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 7-70

Index
Volume 7
Index
A
Additional ............................................................................................................ 3-24

Aircraft Ground Training (Initial/Initial Equipment/Transition) ............................. 2-15
ASAP Program ..................................................................................................... 2-5
Audit Process for Record Keeping ..................................................................... 1-13
Audits
of Critiques .................................................................................................... 1-16
of Facilities/Tests/Written Critiques ............................................................... 1-16
of Written Tests ............................................................................................. 1-16
Training Facility ............................................................................................. 1-16
Basic Indoctrination
Curriculum ....................................................................................................... 2-1
Outline ............................................................................................................. 2-3
Captains’ Command Training ............................................................................. 2-27

Captains’ Training ............................................................................................... 2-33
Check Airmen
Meetings ........................................................................................................ 1-17
Checking Module Flow ....................................................................................... 1-23
Completion Standards
Ground Instructor ............................................................................................ 4-3
Line Check/OE Airmen .................................................................................... 4-3
Proficiency Check Airman ............................................................................... 4-3
Simulator Instructor ......................................................................................... 4-3
Contract Instructors .............................................................................................. 1-6
Contractor Qualifications .................................................................................... 1-26
Contractor’s Approved Drug and Alcohol Program ............................................ 1-26
Crew Resource Management
Initial .............................................................................................................. 2-22
CrewQual
and CrewTrac Interface ................................................................................. 1-12
Audit Process ................................................................................................ 1-13
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 INX-1

Index
Volume 7
D
Definitions ............................................................................................................. 1-3

Duties and Responsibilities Module ...................................................................... 2-1
Emergency
Drill ................................................................................................................ 2-20
Situation Curriculum ........................................................................................ 2-7
Establishing Training Base Month ...................................................................... 1-26
FARs Module ........................................................................................................ 2-2

Flight Training Performance ................................................................................. 5-1
Forms
Additional Training - PTF145-09 ................................................................... 6-12
Air Transportation Instructor Course Completion - PTF145-31 ..................... 6-38
Air Transportation Instructor Qualifications - PTF145-31A ........................... 6-39
Attendance - PTF145-01 ................................................................................. 6-2
Basic Indoctrination - PTF145-02 .................................................................... 6-3
Check Airman/Instructor Ground - PTF145-15 ............................................. 6-21
Courseware Change - PTF145-29 ................................................................ 6-36
Crew Resource Management - PTF145-04 .................................................... 6-5
Doors Recurrent Training Airstair PTF145-27 ............................................... 6-34
Doors Recurrent Training Plug PTF145-28 ................................................... 6-35
Emergency Exits - Classroom - PTF145-07A ............................................... 6-10
Emergency Exits - Hands On - PTF145-07 ..................................................... 6-9
Emergency Situation - PTF145-05 .................................................................. 6-6
Flight Training Record - PTF145-13 .............................................................. 6-17
Hazardous Materials - PTF145-03 .................................................................. 6-4
Instr/Prof Check Airman Simulator Observation-PTF145-22 ........................ 6-29
Instructor/Check Airman Line Observation - PTF145-20 .............................. 6-27
Line Check - PTF145-12 ............................................................................... 6-16
LOFT Training - PTF145-17 .......................................................................... 6-24
OE/Line Check Airman Qualification Flights PTF145-25 .............................. 6-32
OE/Line Check Airman Right Seat Training PTF145-26 ............................... 6-33
OE/Line Check Airman Simulator Training PTF145-24 ................................ 6-31
Operating Experience Guide - PTF145-11A ................................................. 6-15
Operating Experience PTF145-11 ................................................................ 6-14
Proficiency Check - PTF145-10 .................................................................... 6-13
Recurrent Ground Training - PTF145-19 ...................................................... 6-26
Refresher - PTF145-08 ................................................................................. 6-11
Seat Dependant - PTF145-18 ....................................................................... 6-25
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 INX-2

Index
Volume 7
Simulator Operator Training - PTF145-14 ..................................................... 6-20
Simulator Proficiency Check Airman Practice PTF145-23 ............................ 6-30
Static Preflight - PTF145-16 ................................................................. 6-22, 6-23
Systems Ground Training - PTF145-06 .......................................................... 6-7
Systems Integration - PTF145-06A ................................................................. 6-8
Trend Awareness/Training Observation - PTF145-21 .................................. 6-28
Upgrade Ground Training - PTF145-30 ........................................................ 6-37
Forms to be completed by Instructors and Check Airmen .................................. 4-14
General Operations Subjects Curriculum ........................................................... 2-11

Ground Training
Locations ......................................................................................................... 1-5
Outline for Instructors and Check Airmen ....................................................... 4-8
Hazardous Materials Curriculum .......................................................................... 2-6
Initial/Initial Equipment/Transition Curriculum (120 Hours) ................................ 2-11

Instructor/Proficiency Check Airman Observation .............................................. 4-11
Introduction ........................................................................................................... 1-1
LOFT Introduction and Specifics .......................................................................... 7-1
Objectives ............................................................................................................. 1-2

OE/Line Check Airman
Goals ............................................................................................................... 4-3
Observation Flights ....................................................................................... 4-13
Simulator Training ......................................................................................... 4-12
Operations Specifications Modules ...................................................................... 2-2
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 INX-3

Index
Volume 7
P
Prerequisites/Qualifications
Ground Instructor ............................................................................................ 4-4
OE/Line Check Airman .................................................................................... 4-7
Simulator Instructor ......................................................................................... 4-4
Simulator Proficiency Check Airman ............................................................... 4-5
Procedures for Keeping Manuals Current ............................................................ 1-2
Proficiency Check Airman Practice .................................................................... 4-12
Profiles and Text Information ................................................................................ 5-1
Programmed Hours Per Training Category ........................................................ 1-18
Qualification
Flight and Sequence ..................................................................................... 3-25
Reference Materials ............................................................................................. 1-8
Scope of Training ................................................................................................. 1-2

Simulator
Additional Training Sessions ......................................................................... 3-24
Approval Letters .............................................................................................. 1-6
Instructor and Proficiency Check Airman Training Goals ................................ 4-2
Operator Training .......................................................................................... 4-11
Operator Training PTF145-14 ....................................................................... 6-20
Right Seat Maneuvers as Pilot Flying ........................................................... 3-24
Session Duration ............................................................................................. 3-2
Session Per Category ..................................................................................... 3-2
Sessions (Initial) .............................................................................................. 3-3
Training Locations ........................................................................................... 1-5
Training Objective Statement and General Info .............................................. 3-1
Training/ Serviceability Status ....................................................................... 1-26
Single Segment Flight Test ................................................................................ 3-26
Staff Meetings ..................................................................................................... 1-17
Systems
Integration ..................................................................................................... 2-19
Specific (80 Hour Portion) ............................................................................. 2-15
Training Curriculum-Initial/Initial Equipment/Transition ................................. 2-11
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 INX-4

Index
Volume 7
T
Testing/Qualifying Procedures ........................................................................... 1-20

Training
Candidates .................................................................................................... 1-14
Categories ..................................................................................................... 1-15
Flow Matrix .................................................................................................... 1-25
Materials .......................................................................................................... 1-8
Programmed Hours ....................................................................................... 1-18
Sequence ...................................................................................................... 1-19
Sequence and Release from Training ........................................................... 1-19
Upgrade
Flight Training ............................................................................................... 3-28
Ground Curriculum ........................................................................................ 2-28
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 INX-5

Index
Volume 7
REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 INX-6

Embraer Training Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Embraer Training Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Embraer

1. Cleans up bulletins E145T08-01, E145T-08-02, and FTM145-08-03

REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 HGH-1

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 HGH-2

Operations Bulletin Summary Record

Operations Bulletin Summary Record

Operations Bulletin Summary Record

E145T08-01 05/05/08 2008 Recurrent Training Program 08/01/08 2-30

E145T-08-02 06/09/08 New Lofts 08/01/08 7-6

REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 OBS-1

Operations Bulletin Summary Record

Operations Bulletin Summary Record

REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 OBS-2

Record of Revisions Page

REVISION NUMBER DATE ENTERED YOUR INITIALS

ORIGINAL-12 OCT 2001 10-26-01 TR

REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 ROR-1

Record of Revisions Page

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 ROR-2

Chapter 1 General Information

Chapter 2 Ground Training

REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-2

REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-3

Chapter 3 Flight Training

REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-4

REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-5

Chapter 5 Flight Training and Checking Acceptable Performance

REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-6

REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-7

REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-8

REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-9

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

REV. 17, 01 AUG 2008 TOC-10

Section 1 Introduction and Manual Approval Process

REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-1

Section 2 Procedures For Keeping Manuals Current

REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-2

2. APPENDIX F: Proficiency Check Requirements- The maneuvers and procedures

4. APPROVED PBE SIMULATION DEVICE: A training device that is approved by the

5. CHAUTAUQUA: Reference to Chautauqua Airlines, Inc.

6. COMBATS: Means to properly fight an actual or simulated fire using an appropriate

8. CONTRACT TRAINING PROVIDER: An FAA certified Part 142 school that is

9. CPT/CPM: A device that as a minimum would consist of a cockpit mock-up that

10. CURRICULUM: A complete training agenda specific to an airplane type, a

11. CURRICULUM SEGMENT: The largest subdivision of a curriculum containing

12. ELEMENT: An integral part of a training, checking, or qualification module that is

13. EVENT: An integral part of a training, checking, or qualification module which is

14. FLIGHT CREWMEMBERS: Refers to all pilots and co-pilots.

18. OBSERVE: Means to watch without participating actively in the drill.

19. OPERATOR: Refers to Chautauqua Airlines, A Republic Holding Company.

21. PERFORM: To satisfactorily accomplish a prescribed training event using

24. SIMULATED FIRE: An artificial duplication of smoke or flame used to create

25. SIMULATOR TRAINING: Simulator only flight training.

REV. 12, 1 NOV 2005 1-4

Instructions- This part changes Chapter 1, Section 6, Item B as follows:

B. Level D Simulator Training and Checking

Training categories approved are:

Part 142 certificates and simulator numbers are as follows:

Section 6 Training Facilities/Locations/Personnel

Training categories approved are:

Part 142 certificates and simulator numbers are as follows: